Sacred geographie. Or Scriptural mapps 1. Of all the earth, and water, at the creation. 2. Of paradice [sic], and the countries circumjacent, inhabited by the patriarks. 3. Israels forty years perigrination through the wilderness. 4. Canaan, or the land of promise. 5. The travels of S. Paul, and other the apostles. 6. Jerusalem, as it stood in our Saviours time. Collected both from sacred and prophane authority, by learned persons selected thereunto by the National Congreagation of Dutch Devines, for the more profitable reading of the Old and New Testament. And to be bound up with Bibles. Translated into English by J. Moxon, hydrographer to the Kings most Excellent Majesty. London, printed by Joseoph Moxon, and sold at his shop on Ludgate hill, at the signe of Atlas. 1671.
      
       
         
           1691
        
      
       Approx. 179 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 50 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2005-12 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A58942
         Wing S223D
         ESTC R219071
         99830602
         99830602
         35055
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A58942)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 35055)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 2077:09)
      
       
         
           
             Sacred geographie. Or Scriptural mapps 1. Of all the earth, and water, at the creation. 2. Of paradice [sic], and the countries circumjacent, inhabited by the patriarks. 3. Israels forty years perigrination through the wilderness. 4. Canaan, or the land of promise. 5. The travels of S. Paul, and other the apostles. 6. Jerusalem, as it stood in our Saviours time. Collected both from sacred and prophane authority, by learned persons selected thereunto by the National Congreagation of Dutch Devines, for the more profitable reading of the Old and New Testament. And to be bound up with Bibles. Translated into English by J. Moxon, hydrographer to the Kings most Excellent Majesty. London, printed by Joseoph Moxon, and sold at his shop on Ludgate hill, at the signe of Atlas. 1671.
             Moxon, Joseph, 1627-1691.
          
           [8], 88 p.
           
             printed and sold by James Moxon, at the signe of Atlas in Warick-Lane,
             London :
             1691.
          
           
             The words "scriptural mapps" appear to be engraved on title page.
             Translation statement and imprint are pasted on title page.
             "The epistle dedicatory" and "To the reader" are signed: Joseph Moxon.
             Errata at end of text.
             Incorrectly identified as Wing (2nd ed.) S223C in reel guide.
             Reproduction of the original in the British Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Bible -- Commentaries -- Early works to 1800.
           Christian literature -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2005-02 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2005-03 Aptara
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2005-04 Jonathan Blaney
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2005-04 Jonathan Blaney
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2005-10 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           Sacred
           Geographie
           .
           OR
           
             Scriptural
             Mapps
          
           .
        
         
           
             1.
             
             Of
             all
             the
             Earth
             ,
             and
             Water
             ,
             at
             the
             Creation
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Of
             Paradice
             ,
             and
             the
             Countries
             circumjacent
             ,
             Inhabited
             by
             the
             Patriarks
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Israels
             forty
             Years
             Perigrination
             through
             the
             Wilderness
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Canaan
             ,
             
               or
               the
            
             Land
             of
             Promise
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             The
             Travels
             of
             S.
             Paul
             ,
             and
             other
             the
             Apostles
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Jerusalem
             ,
             as
             it
             stood
             in
             our
             Saviours
             Time.
             
          
        
         
           Collected
           both
           from
           Sacred
           and
           Prophane
           Authority
           ,
           by
           Learned
           Persons
           selected
           thereunto
           by
           the
           National
           Congregation
           of
           Dutch
           Devines
           ,
           for
           the
           more
           profitable
           reading
           of
           the
           Old
           and
           New
           Testament
           .
           And
           to
           be
           bound
           up
           with
           Bibles
           .
        
         
           Translated
           into
           English
           ,
           By
           
             Joseph
             Moxon
          
           ,
           Hydrographer
           to
           the
           Kings
           most
           Excellent
           Majesty
           .
        
         
           London
           .
           Printed
           by
           
             Joseph
             Moxon
          
           ,
           and
           sold
           at
           his
           Shop
           on
           
             Ludgate
             hill
          
           ,
           at
           the
           signe
           of
           Atlas
           .
           1671.
           
        
         
           Translated
           into
           English
           by
           
             J.
             Moxon
          
           ,
           Hydrographer
           to
           the
           Kings
           most
           Excellent
           Majesty
           .
        
         
           London
           ,
           Printed
           and
           Sold
           by
           
             James
             Moxon
          
           ,
           at
           the
           Signe
           of
           Atlas
           in
           Warick-Lane
           ,
           1691.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
         
         
         
           To
           the
           Reverend
           and
           Right
           Worshipful
           ,
           PETER
           MEW
           ,
           D.
           D.
           Vice
           Chancellour
           of
           OXFORD
           .
           And
           To
           the
           Reverend
           and
           Right
           Worshipful
           JOHN
           BRETON
           ,
           D.
           D.
           Vice
           Chanc.
           of
           CAMBRIDGE
           .
        
         
           And
           to
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Reverend
           and
           Learned
           Collegiates
           of
           these
           two
           famous
           Vniversities
           .
        
         
           
             Reverend
             and
             Learned
             SIRS
             .
          
        
         
           I
           May
           justly
           expect
           that
           by
           your
           Approbation
           or
           Censure
           the
           Reputation
           of
           these
           
             Scriptural
             Mapps
          
           must
           stand
           or
           fall
           :
           And
           therefore
           ,
           being
           by
           my
           own
           Examinations
           of
           them
           prompted
           to
           hope
           well
           from
           You
           ,
           I
           offer
           them
           to
           your
           perusals
           .
        
         
         
           The
           Originals
           of
           these
           had
           their
           Original
           from
           an
           Assembly
           of
           Dutch
           Ministers
           ,
           who
           selected
           from
           among
           themselves
           two
           such
           Persons
           as
           they
           thought
           apt
           and
           able
           to
           correct
           all
           the
           foregoing
           Authours
           that
           have
           set
           forth
           Mapps
           of
           the
           like
           nature
           :
           viz.
           
             Ortelius
             ,
             Christiaen
             Adrichom
             ,
             Arnold
          
           and
           
             Nicholas
             Geilkerck
          
           ,
           &c.
           which
           being
           finisht
           they
           exposed
           to
           Publick
           view
           :
           designing
           thereby
           the
           more
           profitable
           and
           pleasant
           reading
           of
           the
           Holy
           Scriptures
           .
           Among
           other
           Speculators
           their
           Work
           fell
           under
           my
           Ey
           :
           but
           it
           was
           all
           in
           the
           Dutch
           Tongue
           ,
           and
           scarce
           to
           be
           understood
           but
           by
           those
           that
           understood
           it
           :
           Wherefore
           I
           judging
           it
           as
           profitable
           and
           pleasant
           for
           us
           as
           them
           ,
           took
           both
           the
           task
           of
           Translation
           upon
           my self
           ,
           and
           the
           Charge
           of
           Engraving
           and
           Printing
           the
           Plates
           and
           Book
           .
        
         
         
           If
           therefore
           by
           your
           good
           Readings
           any
           of
           you
           find
           faults
           in
           any
           of
           these
           Mapps
           ,
           and
           let
           me
           know
           where
           they
           be
           ,
           I
           shall
           be
           both
           thank
           fal
           to
           you
           ,
           and
           carefull
           to
           get
           the
           Plates
           corrected
           and
           amended
           against
           the
           next
           Impression
           .
        
         
           
             Reverend
             and
             Learned
             Sirs
             ,
          
           I
           wish
           this
           Peece
           as
           capable
           as
           I
           am
           willing
           to
           serve
           ye
           .
           
             Joseph
             Moxon
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           To
           the
           READER
           .
        
         
         
           HEre
           is
           offered
           thee
           for
           s●al
           price
           the
           product
           of
           much
           Study
           ,
           and
           great
           Pairs
           .
           The
           Dutch
           Protestant
           Ministery
           thought
           it
           a
           Work
           very
           necessary
           for
           Protestants
           that
           may
           read
           the
           Bible
           ,
           to
           bind
           up
           with
           them
           ,
           a●d
           therefore
           exposed
           these
           Mapps
           in
           their
           Vulgar
           Language
           ,
           together
           with
           Explanations
           on
           each
           particular
           Mapp
           :
           And
           I
           for
           the
           same
           Reasons
           render
           you
           the
           same
           Mapps
           in
           the
           English
           Tongue
           ,
           with
           apt
           Explanations
           on
           each
           of
           them
           .
        
         
           I
           have
           examined
           every
           word
           in
           each
           Mapp
           particularly
           ,
           and
           altered
           their
           spelling
           the
           names
           of
           Citties
           and
           Towns
           &c.
           to
           the
           spelling
           of
           our
           English
           Bibles
           ,
           and
           Geographical
           Tables
           :
           and
           in
           some
           few
           Cases
           (
           where
           I
           saw
           positive
           Reason
           for
           it
           from
           the
           Bible
           )
           corrected
           the
           scituation
           of
           Places
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           Book
           of
           Explanations
           Mr
           Butle●
           (
           the
           Authour
           of
           Christologi
           )
           hath
           in
           a
           great
           measure
           assisted
           me
           :
           The
           rest
           I
           translated
           from
           its
           Original
           in
           the
           Dutch
           ,
           all
           but
           some
           alterations
           I
           thought
           fit
           to
           make
           here
           and
           there
           .
        
         
         
         
           I
           have
           also
           examined
           all
           the
           proofs
           of
           Scripture
           relative
           to
           this
           Discourse
           ;
           which
           (
           I
           suppose
           by
           oft
           re-printing
           of
           later
           Impressions
           from
           former
           )
           were
           become
           exceeding
           falsly
           cited
           .
           But
           I
           have
           corrected
           them
           .
        
         
           I
           confess
           some
           grave
           Eys
           or
           tender
           sighted
           Persons
           may
           wish
           the
           Letters
           in
           some
           of
           these
           Mapps
           had
           been
           bigger
           ,
           which
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           fulness
           of
           those
           Mapps
           could
           not
           be
           :
           But
           if
           such
           Persons
           will
           use
           a
           Magnifying
           Glasse
           of
           smal
           price
           ,
           they
           shall
           find
           the
           smalest
           letters
           appear
           large
           enough
           .
        
         
           I
           chose
           this
           Volume
           for
           this
           little
           Book
           ,
           that
           it
           might
           more
           conveniently
           ly
           open
           on
           the
           Maps
           while
           you
           are
           perusing
           them
           ,
           to
           avoid
           the
           trouble
           of
           turning
           them
           to
           and
           fro
           .
        
         
           Where
           you
           find
           any
           Literal
           faults
           have
           escaped
           either
           in
           Engraving
           the
           Mapps
           ,
           or
           Printing
           this
           Book
           ,
           Pray
           mend
           them
           with
           your
           Pen
           ,
           and
           consider
           how
           difficult
           it
           is
           to
           do
           any
           thing
           of
           this
           nature
           without
           some
           fault
           .
           Farewell
           .
        
         
           
             Joseph
             Moxon
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           An
           Explanatory
           Discourse
           upon
           the
           Mapp
           of
           all
           the
           EARTH
           .
        
         
           Shewing
           the
           Scituation
           of
           all
           the
           following
           Mapps
           in
           respect
           of
           the
           whole
           :
           And
           also
           how
           it
           was
           since
           the
           Flood
           devided
           and
           inhabited
           by
           the
           Posterity
           of
           Noah
           .
        
         
           THE
           Eternal
           and
           Almighty
           God
           having
           on
           the
           first
           Day
           created
           the
           Heavens
           ,
           the
           Earth
           ,
           and
           the
           Light
           ,
           by
           his
           Word
           ,
           out
           of
           nothing
           ;
           On
           the
           second
           Day
           the
           Firmament
           ,
           and
           the
           Waters
           above
           and
           beneath
           the
           same
           ;
           On
           the
           third
           Day
           parted
           the
           Dry
           Land
           from
           the
           Waters
           ,
           and
           created
           Grass
           ,
           Herbs
           ,
           and
           fruitful
           Trees
           ;
           On
           the
           fourth
           the
           Sun
           ,
           Moon
           ,
           and
           Stars
           ;
           On
           the
           fifth
           the
           Fishes
           great
           and
           smal
           ,
           and
           the
           Fowls
           of
           the
           Air
           ;
           On
           the
           sixth
           the
           Beasts
           of
           the
           Earth
           ;
           At
           last
           he
           created
           Man
           and
           Woman
           in
           his
           own
           likeness
           ;
           giving
           him
           power
           over
           the
           Fish
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           the
           Fowls
           of
           the
           Air
           ,
           and
           the
           Beasts
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           and
           every
           creeping
           
           thing
           ,
           and
           blessed
           him
           ,
           placing
           him
           in
           Paradice
           ,
           and
           promising
           him
           upon
           his
           obedience
           eternal
           life
           ,
           (
           of
           which
           the
           Free
           of
           Life
           was
           to
           be
           a
           visible
           signe
           .
           )
           giving
           them
           leave
           to
           eat
           of
           all
           the
           Trees
           in
           the
           Garden
           ,
           except
           only
           of
           the
           Tree
           of
           Good
           and
           Evil
           ;
           Telling
           them
           that
           in
           the
           day
           they
           eat
           thereof
           they
           should
           dy
           the
           death
           .
        
         
           The
           Devil
           seeing
           Man
           placed
           in
           this
           happy
           and
           Imperial
           condition
           ,
           stirs
           up
           the
           Serpent
           to
           tempt
           the
           Woman
           to
           taste
           the
           fruit
           of
           the
           Tree
           of
           Good
           and
           Evil
           ;
           telling
           her
           that
           they
           should
           not
           dy
           ,
           but
           that
           their
           eyes
           should
           be
           opened
           ,
           and
           they
           should
           be
           as
           Gods.
           With
           these
           sly
           and
           impudent
           lyes
           of
           the
           Serpent
           the
           Woman
           was
           perswaded
           to
           eat
           of
           the
           forbidden
           Fruit
           ;
           and
           gave
           unto
           her
           Husband
           to
           eat
           also
           .
           So
           that
           they
           both
           strayed
           from
           the
           Commands
           of
           God
           their
           Creator
           ,
           and
           fell
           by
           their
           disobedience
           into
           sin
           ,
           and
           consequently
           into
           destruction
           .
        
         
           From
           Adam
           in
           this
           fallen
           condition
           is
           produced
           the
           whole
           race
           of
           Mankind
           ,
           who
           dayly
           as
           they
           increase
           fall
           into
           all
           manner
           of
           Pleasure
           ,
           Sin
           ,
           and
           Wickedness
           .
           Insomuch
           as
           through
           their
           sinfull
           lusts
           and
           abhominable
           lives
           they
           brought
           upon
           themselves
           the
           sad
           and
           heavy
           Judgement
           of
           an
           Universal
           Deludge
           :
           So
           that
           in
           this
           Flood
           perished
           all
           the
           Generations
           of
           Adam
           ,
           &
           all
           other
           Creatures
           living
           upon
           the
           Face
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           except
           Faithful
           Noah
           and
           his
           Family
           ,
           and
           two
           of
           kind
           Male
           and
           Female
           of
           all
           Beasts
           and
           Fowls
           and
           all
           Creeping
           things
           ,
           preserved
           an
           Ark
           built
           by
           the
           directions
           of
           Almighty
           God.
           
        
         
           When
           the
           Waters
           retired
           into
           the
           compass
           of
           the
           Seas
           ,
           Noah
           devided
           the
           dry
           Land
           among
           his
           Sons
           
             Shem
             ,
             Ham
          
           ,
           and
           Japhet
           :
           and
           they
           again
           devided
           it
           among
           their
           Sons
           .
        
         
         
           The
           children
           of
           Japhet
           inhabited
           Europe
           ,
           the
           Northern
           part
           of
           Asia
           and
           America
           ,
           as
           we
           may
           gather
           from
           Ezeck
           .
           38.
           6.
           15.
           and
           39.
           2.
           
        
         
           Shem
           spread
           himself
           over
           the
           South
           part
           of
           Asia
           and
           America
           .
           And
           Ham
           possessed
           the
           Land
           of
           
             Canaan
             ,
             Arabia
          
           ,
           and
           all
           Africa
           .
           Yet
           the
           Posterity
           of
           Shem
           drove
           out
           the
           Canaanites
           ,
           and
           possessed
           themselves
           of
           Canaan
           and
           most
           parts
           of
           Arabia
           .
        
         
           The
           sons
           of
           Japhet
           were
           these
           ,
           
             Gomor
             ,
             Magog
             ,
             Madai
             ,
             Javan
             ,
             Thubal
             ,
             Mesech
             ,
          
           and
           
             Thiras
             .
             Go●ers
          
           sons
           were
           
             Askenas
             ,
             Riphat
          
           ,
           and
           
             Togarma
             .
             Askenas
          
           is
           held
           by
           the
           Scribes
           to
           be
           the
           Father
           of
           the
           French
           and
           
             Germans
             .
             Riphat
          
           ,
           the
           Original
           of
           the
           
             Finlanders
             ,
             L●planders
          
           ,
           and
           the
           inhabitants
           of
           
             Condora
             ,
             Obdora
          
           ,
           and
           Jougoria
           ;
           where
           Ancient
           Geographers
           have
           placed
           the
           Hills
           of
           Riphai
           ,
           which
           at
           this
           day
           is
           called
           by
           the
           Inhabitants
           thereof
           
             the
             G●rdle
             of
             the
             World.
          
           And
           Togarma
           ,
           the
           first
           Inhabiter
           of
           ▪
           
             Sweden
             ,
             Denmark
          
           ,
           and
           Norway
           .
           From
           Magog
           are
           desended
           all
           the
           People
           of
           Scithya
           ,
           now
           called
           
             Tartarie
             .
             Ezech.
          
           38.
           2.
           
           &
           39.
           6.
           
           And
           from
           Madia
           the
           
             Medes
             .
             2
             K●●g●
             .
             17.
             6.
             
             Jos
             13.
             17.
             
             Jer.
             25.
             25.
             
             Dan.
          
           5.
           28.
           
           &
           6.
           1.
           
           &
           8.
           20.
           
        
         
           The
           Children
           of
           Javan
           are
           these
           
             Elisa
             ,
             Tharsis
             ,
             Kithim
          
           ,
           and
           Doda●im
           .
           From
           Elis●
           ,
           have
           the
           Greeks
           (
           which
           are
           called
           Aeoles
           )
           their
           Original
           .
           Ezech.
           37.
           7.
           
           From
           Tharsis
           the
           people
           of
           Cilicia
           ,
           wherein
           is
           the
           City
           of
           Tharsis
           ,
           wherein
           the
           Apostle
           Paul
           was
           born
           .
           From
           Kithim
           those
           of
           
             Cyprus
             ,
             Macedonia
          
           ,
           and
           Italy
           have
           there
           Original
           .
           
             Numb
             .
             14.
             24.
             
             Isa.
             23.
             1.
             
             Jer.
             2.
             10.
             1
             
             Mach.
          
           1.
           1.
           
           Of
           Dodanim
           are
           descended
           the
           Greeks
           called
           Dores
           ,
           which
           are
           the
           People
           of
           
             Cariae
             ,
             Rhodes
             ,
             Pelepon●esus
          
           ,
           and
           
             Scicil●e
             .
             Thubal
          
           is
           accounted
           the
           Father
           of
           those
           of
           
             Iberia
             ,
             Albania
          
           ,
           and
           
           Spin.
           And
           Mesech
           a
           Father
           of
           those
           of
           
             Cappadocia
             ,
             Moscovia
             ,
             Polonia
          
           ,
           and
           other
           People
           that
           use
           the
           Sclavonian
           Language
           ,
           Ezech.
           27.
           13.
           
           &
           32.
           26.
           
           &
           38.
           3.
           
           And
           Thiras
           an
           Original
           of
           those
           of
           
             Tharsis
             ,
             Misia
          
           ,
           and
           Illyria
           .
           So
           that
           the
           blessing
           Noah
           gave
           laphet
           came
           upon
           him
           when
           he
           said
           ,
           God
           spread
           forth
           laphet
           ,
           and
           let
           him
           dwell
           in
           the
           Tents
           of
           Shem
           ;
           and
           let
           Canaan
           be
           his
           Servant
           .
           This
           blessing
           we
           here
           see
           accomplisht
           :
           for
           God
           so
           spread
           forth
           Iaphet
           that
           his
           Posterity
           possessed
           the
           Nothern
           parts
           of
           the
           Earth
           :
           And
           God
           hath
           also
           given
           him
           the
           third
           and
           fourth
           Monarchy
           of
           the
           world
           .
           At
           this
           day
           the
           Lord
           hath
           plentifully
           blessed
           him
           in
           some
           parts
           of
           his
           possessions
           in
           spiritual
           blessings
           ;
           in
           other
           parts
           in
           Temporal
           blessings
           :
           as
           we
           may
           see
           the
           Kingdoms
           and
           Countries
           of
           Christendom
           :
           As
           also
           in
           the
           
             Moscovites
             ,
             Tarters
          
           ,
           and
           Turks
           ,
           who
           at
           present
           have
           the
           command
           over
           much
           of
           Shems
           and
           H●ms
           Posterity
           .
           Rome
           the
           Empress
           of
           the
           fourth
           Monarchy
           had
           in
           the
           time
           of
           Vespatian
           thirteen
           Italian
           miles
           ,
           and
           almost
           one
           quarter
           .
           Plin.
           lib.
           3.
           cap.
           5.
           
           
             Flavius
             Vopiscus
          
           witnesseth
           that
           the
           Imperour
           Aurelian
           inlarged
           the
           compass
           of
           this
           City
           to
           30
           Italian
           miles
           .
        
         
           The
           sons
           of
           Shem
           ,
           were
           
             Elam
             ,
             Asshur
             ,
             Arphaisad
             ,
             Lud
             ,
          
           and
           
             Aram.
             Elam
          
           was
           a
           father
           of
           the
           Elamites
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           Lands
           of
           
             Susiana
             ,
             Elymais
          
           ,
           and
           
             Persia
             ,
             Dan.
          
           8.
           2.
           
           Where
           the
           Prophet
           witnesseth
           that
           Susa
           or
           Susari
           (
           scituate
           on
           the
           River
           Vl●i
           which
           the
           Greeks
           call
           Euleum
           )
           is
           a
           City
           in
           the
           lands
           of
           Elam
           .
           Here
           the
           Monarchs
           of
           Persia
           kept
           their
           Court
           ,
           as
           being
           the
           Imperial
           City
           of
           the
           second
           Monarchy
           ,
           and
           had
           in
           its
           circuit
           120.
           
           Stad
           .
           that
           is
           15.
           
           Ital.
           miles
           for
           8.
           
           Stad
           .
           makes
           
           an
           Ital.
           mile
           .
           Strab.
           lib.
           15.
           
           From
           Assur
           had
           the
           Assirians
           (
           who
           had
           the
           first
           Monarchy
           )
           their
           Original
           ,
           whose
           Imperial
           City
           was
           Ninive
           a
           City
           of
           God
           whose
           circuit
           was
           three
           dayes
           Journey
           .
           Jonas
           3.
           3.
           
           With
           which
           agree
           ancient
           writers
           ,
           who
           witness
           that
           Ninive
           was
           in
           length
           150.
           
           Stad
           .
           in
           bredth
           90
           and
           in
           Circuit
           480.
           
           Stad
           .
           that
           is
           60
           English
           miles
           .
        
         
           Arphachsad
           .
           was
           a
           Father
           of
           the
           Babilonians
           and
           Chaldeans
           ,
           who
           were
           called
           by
           the
           
             Hebrews
             Chasdim
          
           ,
           from
           one
           of
           the
           Posterity
           of
           Arphachsad
           .
           The
           Imperial
           City
           of
           which
           lands
           was
           Babel
           ,
           of
           whose
           great
           power
           glory
           and
           command
           the
           Holy
           Scripture
           witnesses
           in
           several
           places
           .
           Isa.
           13.
           19.
           
           &
           14.
           12.
           
           &
           47.
           7.
           
           
             Ier.
             51.
             41.
             58.
             
             Dan.
          
           4.
           30.
           
           With
           which
           agree
           Historians
           and
           Chronologers
           ;
           for
           among
           the
           rest
           Herodotus
           ,
           witnesses
           that
           Babel
           was
           four
           square
           ,
           each
           side
           having
           in
           length
           120.
           
           Stad
           .
           that
           is
           60
           English
           miles
           .
           Herodotus
           lib.
           1.
           
           Yet
           Strab●
           (
           an
           Author
           of
           credit
           )
           makes
           this
           City
           less
           ;
           saying
           that
           the
           wall
           of
           this
           City
           was
           in
           circuit
           385
           Stad
           .
           that
           is
           48
           English
           miles
           and
           one
           Stad
           .
        
         
           Among
           other
           of
           Arphachsads
           Posterity
           was
           Heber
           his
           Sons
           Son
           ,
           who
           was
           a
           Father
           of
           the
           Hebrews
           ,
           who
           had
           two
           Sons
           ,
           one
           called
           Peleg
           ,
           because
           in
           his
           time
           the
           world
           was
           devided
           :
           for
           Peleg
           signifies
           in
           English
           deviding
           .
           His
           brother
           was
           called
           Iaketan
           who
           had
           many
           Sons
           ,
           to
           wit
           
             Almodad
             ,
             Saleph
             ,
             Hazarmaveth
             ,
             Sarah
             ,
             Haderam
             ,
             Vzal
             ,
             Dikela
             ,
             Obal
             ,
             Abimael
             ,
             Seba
             ,
             Ophir
             ,
             Haevila
          
           and
           Iobab
           .
           These
           spread
           themselves
           from
           Mesa
           to
           Sephar
           at
           the
           Hill
           towards
           the
           East
           .
           Gen.
           10.
           25.
           
           Many
           of
           the
           Learned
           understand
           by
           Mesa
           the
           Hill
           Masium
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           part
           of
           the
           Mountains
           of
           Amani
           .
           
           And
           by
           Sephar
           the
           City
           Sipphara
           Scituate
           in
           Mesopotamia
           upon
           the
           River
           of
           Euphrates
           .
           But
           yet
           there
           is
           more
           ground
           to
           think
           that
           their
           Habitations
           was
           from
           the
           River
           of
           Tigris
           towards
           the
           East
           to
           the
           farthest
           parts
           of
           the
           East
           Indies
           .
           Yet
           nevertheless
           Elams
           posterity
           inhabited
           also
           between
           the
           borders
           of
           these
           vast
           stretched
           forth
           Lands
           :
           for
           the
           land
           of
           Hevila
           borders
           towards
           the
           West
           on
           the
           spring
           head
           of
           the
           River
           of
           Pison
           ,
           which
           is
           an
           arm
           of
           the
           River
           of
           Tigris
           .
           And
           Ophir
           Hevila's
           brother
           is
           held
           to
           be
           the
           Father
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           Lands
           of
           
             Pegu
             ,
             Sian
          
           ,
           and
           
             Aurea
             Chersonesus
          
           ,
           that
           is
           the
           
             Golden
             Peninsula
          
           where
           at
           this
           day
           stands
           the
           Famous
           City
           of
           Malacca
           :
           so
           that
           by
           the
           mountains
           towards
           the
           East
           we
           must
           understand
           the
           Hills
           that
           part
           the
           
             East
             Indies
          
           from
           China
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           Land
           of
           
             Ophir
             Solomons
          
           Ships
           brought
           Gold
           Precious
           Stones
           and
           other
           rich
           Commodities
           ;
           Performing
           their
           Voyage
           in
           three
           yeers
           time
           .
           1
           Kin.
           9.
           26.
           
           &
           10.
           12.
           22.
           
           For
           this
           reason
           
             Benedictus
             Arias
             Mountanus
          
           understands
           by
           Sephar
           and
           the
           Mountains
           towards
           the
           East
           the
           Lands
           and
           Mountains
           of
           Peru
           :
           and
           saies
           that
           therefore
           the
           Gold
           wherewith
           
             King
             Solomon
          
           covered
           the
           Temple
           is
           called
           Gold
           of
           Peraim
           ,
           that
           is
           both
           the
           
           Peru's
           ,
           for
           the
           last
           silable
           aim
           signifies
           in
           the
           Hebrew
           tongue
           a
           number
           of
           two
           .
           2
           Chron.
           3.
           6.
           
           Also
           the
           name
           of
           the
           land
           of
           Jucatan
           (
           which
           lies
           between
           Mexico
           and
           the
           Island
           Haiti
           otherwise
           called
           Spaniola
           )
           sounds
           very
           like
           Iaketan
           the
           name
           of
           Ophers
           Father
           .
        
         
           Led
           the
           son
           of
           Shem
           is
           held
           to
           be
           a
           Father
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Lydia
           and
           other
           Countries
           in
           Asia
           the
           less
           .
        
         
         
           From
           
             Aram
             Luds
          
           brother
           have
           those
           of
           
             Syria
             Mesopotamia
          
           and
           Armenia
           their
           Original
           :
           for
           these
           mighty
           Kingdoms
           and
           their
           perticular
           Provinces
           are
           called
           in
           the
           Holy
           Scripture
           the
           Land
           of
           Aram
           ,
           although
           they
           are
           distinguished
           from
           one
           another
           by
           several
           names
           :
           for
           example
           ,
           
             Aram
             Damasci
             ,
             Aramzobe
             ,
             Aram
             Naharam
             ,
          
           that
           is
           Aram
           between
           the
           two
           Rivers
           of
           Euphrates
           and
           Tigras
           ,
           which
           lands
           the
           Greeks
           call
           
             Mesopotamia
             .
             2
             Sam.
          
           8.
           3.
           5.
           
           &
           10.
           6.
           
           Iud.
           3.
           8.
           
           The
           Inhabitants
           of
           these
           Lands
           are
           at
           this
           day
           as
           well
           of
           themselves
           as
           of
           the
           Neighbouring
           Nations
           about
           them
           called
           Aramei
           and
           Asamei
           .
           The
           Children
           of
           Aram
           are
           these
           ,
           
             Uz
             ,
             Hull
             ,
             Gether
          
           ,
           and
           Mas.
           From
           Uz
           are
           descended
           those
           of
           
             Cele
             Syria
          
           ,
           called
           in
           the
           Holy
           Scripture
           the
           Land
           of
           Uz
           ,
           where
           Job
           dwelt
           .
           Job
           11.
           
           From
           Hull
           are
           descended
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Palmiaren
           :
           from
           Gether
           those
           of
           Apamena
           and
           from
           Mas
           the
           People
           of
           
             Pieriah
             Comagena
          
           ,
           and
           Cyrestica
           .
           See
           the
           Map
           of
           the
           Travels
           of
           St
           Paul.
           
        
         
           The
           sons
           of
           Cham
           are
           these
           .
           
             Cus
             ,
             Misraim
             ,
             Put
          
           ,
           and
           
             Canaan
             .
             Cus
          
           (
           from
           whom
           the
           desart
           and
           stony
           Arabia
           was
           called
           the
           Land
           of
           Chus
           )
           Begat
           
             Seba
             ,
             Hevila
             ,
             Sabtha
             ,
             Raema
             ,
             Sebtecha
             ,
          
           and
           Nimrod
           .
           From
           Seba
           and
           Hevila
           are
           descended
           the
           dwellers
           of
           the
           desart
           and
           stony
           
             Arabia
             .
             Psal.
             72.
             10.
             
             Isai.
          
           43.
           3.
           
           These
           Countries
           were
           afterwards
           overcome
           by
           the
           Posterities
           of
           Abraham
           ,
           the
           Edomites
           and
           the
           Isralites
           ,
           and
           by
           them
           possessed
           .
           You
           must
           understand
           that
           desart
           Arabia
           is
           so
           called
           not
           that
           it
           is
           wholy
           desart
           and
           un-inhabited
           ,
           But
           because
           it
           hath
           many
           desart
           places
           ,
           and
           few
           Cities
           ,
           because
           the
           dwellers
           therein
           live
           most
           in
           Tents
           ,
           as
           those
           who
           for
           grasing
           of
           their
           Cattle
           often
           change
           Places
           .
           Sabtha
           (
           or
           more
           properly
           Sabbetha
           )
           
           is
           one
           of
           the
           Predecessors
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Arabia
           the
           happy
           ;
           wherein
           in
           former
           times
           was
           the
           City
           of
           Sabbotha
           .
           From
           Raema
           are
           descended
           the
           People
           that
           inhabite
           that
           part
           of
           Arabia
           the
           happy
           that
           borders
           on
           the
           Persian
           Sea
           ,
           where
           Ptolomie
           places
           the
           City
           of
           Rhegama
           .
           Among
           the
           Sons
           of
           Raema
           were
           Sheba
           and
           Dedan
           .
           From
           Dedan
           are
           descended
           the
           dwellers
           of
           Dedace
           in
           Ethiopia
           ,
           and
           the
           Troglodites
           ,
           as
           may
           be
           gathered
           by
           the
           Marchandize
           mentioned
           in
           Ezeck
           .
           27.
           15.
           
           &
           38.
           13.
           
           Seba
           was
           also
           the
           Progenitor
           of
           the
           People
           of
           
             Ethiopia
             .
             Isai.
          
           45.
           14.
           
           From
           hence
           came
           the
           Queen
           of
           Saba
           (
           or
           more
           properly
           Sheba
           )
           to
           King
           
             Solomon
             .
             1
             King.
             10.
             1.
             
             Mat.
          
           12.
           42.
           
           And
           here
           reigned
           the
           mighty
           Queen
           
             Can●●es
             .
             Act.
          
           8.
           27.
           
           And
           at
           this
           time
           here
           reigns
           that
           potent
           Prince
           (
           untruly
           called
           )
           
             Presbiter
             John
          
           (
           for
           he
           is
           neither
           Presbiter
           nor
           Priest
           ,
           but
           is
           indeed
           the
           mightiest
           Monarch
           of
           this
           world
           .
           )
           The
           People
           of
           Arabia
           and
           other
           Mahumetans
           call
           him
           At●clabassi
           ,
           and
           his
           own
           Subjects
           Acegue
           ,
           and
           Neguz
           ,
           of
           the
           Abissines
           or
           Moors
           .
        
         
           From
           Mitsraim
           are
           descended
           the
           People
           of
           Egypt
           .
           And
           therefore
           the
           Hebrews
           from
           him
           call
           that
           land
           in
           their
           language
           Mitsraim
           .
           And
           also
           to
           this
           day
           the
           Inhabitants
           and
           bordering
           People
           call
           it
           Mìsri
           .
           From
           Mitsraim
           are
           also
           descended
           these
           following
           Nations
           :
           to
           wit
           ,
           Ludim
           ,
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           Common-wealth
           of
           Mariot
           in
           Egypt
           .
           Anaemim
           ,
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Marmarica
           and
           
             Cyrene
             .
             Leabim
          
           ,
           the
           people
           of
           Lybia
           Scituated
           between
           Marenmaricam
           and
           Egypt
           ,
           Naphthuhim
           ,
           The
           Moors
           on
           the
           borders
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           whose
           chief
           City
           is
           Napatha
           or
           
             Naphtha
             ,
             Pathrusim
          
           ,
           (
           which
           Ptolomy
           calls
           Phorusios
           ,
           and
           
             Pliny
             Pharusios
          
           :
           those
           of
           Getulia
           who
           border
           on
           
           the
           great
           Ocean
           Sea.
           
             Isai.
             11.
             11.
             ler.
             44.
             1
             ,
             15.
             
             Plin.
          
           Book
           .
           6.
           ch
           .
           8.
           
           And
           Casluhim
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Cassiotidis
           lying
           in
           the
           entrance
           of
           Egypt
           coming
           from
           India
           and
           the
           Caphtorims
           that
           is
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Seir
           and
           other
           adjacent
           Countries
           :
           From
           these
           people
           are
           descended
           the
           Philistims
           ,
           and
           
             Caphtorims
             .
             Gen.
             10.
             14.
             
             Gen.
             32.
             3.
             
             Deut.
          
           2.
           22.
           
        
         
           From
           Put
           are
           descended
           the
           People
           of
           
             Africa
             the
             Less
             ,
             Mauritania
          
           ,
           in
           which
           is
           the
           River
           that
           Ptolomy
           calls
           Phehut
           ,
           and
           
             Plinie
             Funt
          
           .
           And
           also
           in
           Numidia
           ,
           and
           other
           Countries
           towards
           the
           South
           Mauritania
           ,
           and
           
             Africa
             the
             Less
          
           are
           now
           called
           
             Barbary
             ,
             Numidia
             ,
             Biledulgerid
          
           ,
           and
           those
           Lands
           extending
           farther
           Southwards
           are
           called
           
             Azamaga
             ,
             Gualata
             ,
             Guiny
          
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           land
           of
           
             Black
             Moors
          
           .
        
         
           From
           Canaan
           are
           descended
           the
           
             Sidonites
             ,
             Hethites
             ,
             Iebusites
             ,
             Emorites
             ,
             Cirgasites
             ,
             Hevites
             ,
             Arkites
             ,
             Sinites
             ,
             Arradites
             ,
             Zemarites
             ,
          
           and
           the
           Hamathites
           .
           And
           their
           Countries
           extended
           from
           Sidon
           unto
           Gaza
           ,
           &c.
           Gen.
           10.
           19.
           
           But
           almost
           all
           this
           Land
           of
           Canaan
           was
           for
           the
           many
           grievous
           sins
           of
           its
           Inhabitants
           by
           Gods
           Commandment
           given
           for
           an
           Inheritance
           to
           the
           seed
           of
           Abraham
           .
        
         
           Nimrod
           the
           Son
           of
           Chus
           began
           to
           be
           a
           mighty
           man
           upon
           the
           Earth
           :
           and
           the
           beginning
           of
           his
           Kingdom
           was
           Babel
           ,
           and
           other
           Cities
           in
           the
           land
           of
           
             Shinar
             .
             Gen.
          
           10.
           10.
           
        
         
           Now
           in
           regard
           that
           the
           Posterity
           of
           Noah
           are
           thus
           placed
           in
           
             Europe
             ,
             Asia
          
           ,
           and
           Africa
           ,
           a
           question
           may
           arise
           how
           America
           being
           so
           great
           a
           part
           of
           the
           world
           became
           first
           populated
           ,
           and
           from
           whence
           :
           and
           because
           the
           answer
           cannot
           be
           found
           either
           
           in
           Holy
           writ
           or
           prophane
           Authours
           ,
           the
           most
           we
           can
           do
           is
           but
           to
           offer
           at
           arguments
           ,
           and
           leave
           them
           to
           be
           accepted
           or
           rejected
           according
           as
           they
           may
           seem
           most
           probable
           or
           improbable
           to
           the
           judgement
           of
           the
           Reader
           .
           Yet
           certain
           it
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           People
           of
           America
           had
           their
           Original
           from
           Noah
           :
           For
           in
           the
           Flood
           God
           destroyed
           every
           thing
           that
           was
           upon
           the
           Earth
           from
           Man
           to
           Beast
           ;
           and
           Noah
           only
           remained
           ,
           and
           they
           that
           were
           with
           him
           in
           the
           Ark.
           Gen.
           7.
           23.
           
           But
           from
           which
           of
           Noahs
           sons
           is
           the
           task
           to
           find
           out
           ;
           in
           regard
           we
           have
           had
           so
           little
           knowledge
           of
           that
           part
           of
           the
           world
           till
           of
           (
           comparatively
           )
           late
           years
           .
        
         
           It
           seems
           neerest
           the
           truth
           that
           those
           People
           that
           inhabite
           the
           Northern
           parts
           of
           America
           are
           descended
           from
           laphet
           ;
           for
           towards
           the
           North
           is
           but
           a
           small
           Sea
           both
           on
           the
           Western
           and
           Eastern
           side
           .
           On
           the
           Eastern
           side
           of
           America
           between
           the
           Western
           parts
           of
           Norway
           and
           the
           Eastern
           parts
           of
           Island
           are
           not
           contained
           above
           170
           Leagues
           :
           from
           whence
           by
           the
           providence
           of
           God
           
           Norway-Men
           Fishing
           at
           Sea
           in
           smal
           vessels
           might
           easily
           by
           stress
           of
           weather
           be
           forced
           over
           with
           a
           strong
           Easterly
           wind
           in
           less
           than
           three
           dayes
           time
           .
           And
           afterwards
           either
           they
           or
           their
           Successors
           by
           the
           same
           Providencial
           cause
           might
           in
           less
           than
           one
           daies
           time
           be
           driven
           from
           the
           Western
           Shoars
           of
           Island
           upon
           the
           Shoars
           of
           Groenland
           ;
           which
           though
           it
           be
           not
           accounted
           a
           part
           of
           America
           ,
           yet
           in
           my
           Judgement
           it
           ought
           to
           be
           rather
           part
           of
           it
           than
           of
           any
           of
           the
           other
           three
           parts
           of
           the
           World
           ;
           and
           that
           because
           it
           borders
           so
           very
           near
           upon
           it
           ,
           that
           to
           this
           day
           it
           is
           unknown
           whether
           it
           be
           a
           part
           of
           that
           Continent
           or
           no.
           For
           several
           of
           our
           Country
           men
           and
           others
           
           have
           attempted
           to
           find
           a
           Sea
           Passage
           between
           them
           ,
           and
           yet
           cannot
           .
           But
           if
           there
           be
           a
           passage
           it
           is
           a
           very
           small
           one
           ,
           and
           therefore
           we
           may
           probably
           conjecture
           would
           not
           longly
           hid
           ;
           since
           the
           necessities
           that
           that
           cold
           Climate
           is
           Subject
           to
           would
           compel
           rational
           Creatures
           (
           as
           men
           are
           )
           to
           seek
           Southerly
           for
           a
           warmer
           Scituation
           .
        
         
           But
           here
           to
           shew
           the
           possibility
           of
           such
           an
           accident
           I
           mentioned
           only
           three
           daies
           time
           wherein
           men
           might
           be
           forced
           over
           from
           the
           Western
           parts
           of
           Norway
           to
           the
           Eastern
           parts
           of
           Groenland
           ,
           though
           we
           need
           not
           from
           hence
           conclude
           it
           was
           so
           :
           but
           we
           may
           also
           think
           ,
           that
           America
           might
           as
           well
           be
           populated
           from
           any
           other
           part
           of
           Europe
           ,
           if
           we
           but
           allow
           that
           Navigations
           have
           designedly
           been
           made
           thither
           both
           by
           our
           own
           Country
           men
           and
           several
           others
           :
           as
           Hacklute
           relates
           in
           his
           English
           Voyages
           .
           Pag.
           506.
           from
           the
           Records
           themselves
           ,
           how
           several
           Navigations
           have
           been
           made
           by
           the
           Brittish
           Nation
           above
           500
           years
           ago
           into
           America
           .
           And
           withall
           ,
           for
           the
           probability
           of
           the
           truth
           of
           those
           Records
           proves
           how
           that
           in
           Cuba
           and
           Hispaniola
           (
           two
           famous
           Islands
           in
           the
           Bay
           of
           Mexico
           )
           the
           Natives
           retain
           several
           Brittish
           words
           signifying
           the
           same
           thing
           to
           this
           day
           :
           besides
           some
           marks
           of
           Christianity
           among
           them
           .
           Yet
           by
           the
           same
           propability
           America
           might
           be
           populated
           either
           from
           France
           or
           Spain
           ,
           who
           also
           are
           descended
           from
           Japhet
           .
        
         
           Thus
           far
           may
           be
           offered
           in
           favour
           of
           the
           sons
           of
           Japhets
           populating
           America
           ,
           and
           from
           whence
           .
           But
           if
           this
           be
           not
           accepted
           ,
           we
           may
           consider
           the
           sons
           of
           Cham
           ,
           
           who
           Inhabited
           the
           western
           Shoars
           of
           Africk
           ,
           which
           in
           some
           places
           are
           not
           above
           480
           Leagues
           from
           the
           Main
           land
           of
           Brasil
           .
        
         
           If
           neither
           Jophet
           or
           Cham
           can
           be
           allowed
           in
           the
           Readers
           opinion
           to
           Populate
           America
           ,
           then
           must
           it
           of
           necessity
           be
           the
           sons
           of
           Shem
           who
           populated
           it
           :
           yet
           here
           we
           find
           almost
           600
           leagues
           distance
           from
           America
           in
           the
           neerest
           place
           ,
           viz.
           between
           Yedso
           the
           most
           Easternly
           Iland
           of
           Asia
           and
           California
           the
           most
           Westernly
           Iland
           of
           America
           :
           therefore
           as
           far
           as
           the
           likeliest
           probability
           backs
           this
           argument
           ,
           we
           ought
           to
           conclude
           that
           America
           was
           populated
           by
           the
           sons
           of
           Japhet
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           Discourse
           upon
           the
           Geographical
           Description
           of
           PARADICE
           :
           And
           the
           several
           Countries
           bordering
           thereon
           .
           Together
           with
           a
           short
           discourse
           of
           the
           perigrination
           of
           the
           Patriarchs
           ,
           from
           Adam
           to
           Jacob.
           
        
         
           AFter
           God
           had
           created
           the
           Heavens
           ,
           the
           Earth
           ,
           the
           Sea
           ,
           and
           all
           that
           in
           them
           is
           out
           of
           Nothing
           ,
           for
           the
           compleating
           of
           his
           great
           work
           he
           set
           himself
           to
           make
           Man
           ;
           and
           so
           dignified
           and
           honoured
           him
           that
           he
           made
           him
           Lord
           over
           all
           Creatures
           ,
           and
           gave
           him
           for
           his
           dwelling
           a
           most
           pleasant
           Garden
           in
           Eden
           ,
           called
           Paradice
           ;
           excelling
           in
           Stateliness
           Beauty
           and
           Delightful
           Pleasantness
           all
           the
           Countries
           upon
           the
           face
           of
           the
           Earth
           :
           and
           therefore
           is
           rightly
           called
           the
           Garden
           of
           Pleasure
           .
           It
           is
           Scituate
           in
           the
           Land
           of
           Shinar
           ,
           a
           part
           of
           Asia
           ,
           upon
           the
           River
           now
           called
           Tigris
           ,
           which
           is
           called
           in
           the
           Holy
           Scripture
           the
           River
           of
           Pison
           .
           This
           River
           devides
           it self
           into
           four
           branches
           ,
           each
           of
           a
           several
           name
           .
           Therefore
           to
           shew
           the
           true
           Scituation
           of
           this
           Garden
           ,
           and
           to
           describe
           it
           perfectly
           ,
           we
           must
           consider
           what
           the
           Prophet
           Moses
           saies
           in
           Gen.
           2.
           8.
           
           And
           the
           Lord
           God
           planted
           a
           Garden
           Eastward
           in
           Eden
           ;
           As
           also
           at
           the
           10
           verse
           .
           And
           a
           River
           went
           out
           of
           Eden
           to
           water
           the
           Garden
           ;
           and
           from
           thence
           it
           was
           parted
           and
           became
           
           into
           four
           heads
           :
           to
           wit
           four
           heads
           of
           Water
           .
           This
           Text
           clearly
           shews
           that
           this
           Garden
           of
           Pleasure
           was
           Scituate
           on
           the
           East
           side
           of
           Pison
           ,
           where
           the
           River
           waters
           it
           with
           a
           single
           stream
           ;
           as
           you
           may
           see
           in
           the
           Mapp
           :
           And
           though
           we
           should
           suppose
           that
           some
           part
           of
           this
           Garden
           should
           ly
           on
           the
           West
           side
           of
           the
           River
           of
           Pison
           ,
           yet
           it
           is
           plain
           by
           Gen.
           3.
           24.
           that
           the
           dwelling
           place
           of
           Adom
           was
           on
           the
           East
           side
           :
           where
           it
           saies
           ,
           So
           he
           drove
           out
           the
           Man
           ,
           and
           he
           placed
           at
           the
           East
           of
           the
           Garden
           Cherubims
           &c.
           
           Because
           he
           should
           not
           enter
           in
           again
           where
           he
           went
           out
           .
           Also
           from
           Gen.
           4.
           16.
           
           And
           Cain
           went
           out
           from
           the
           presence
           of
           the
           Lord
           and
           dwelt
           in
           the
           land
           of
           Nod
           ,
           in
           the
           East
           of
           Eden
           .
           And
           it
           is
           the
           more
           likely
           to
           be
           beleeved
           ,
           because
           this
           River
           aswel
           in
           length
           and
           breadth
           as
           in
           strength
           of
           its
           stream
           may
           compare
           with
           the
           Rhyne
           ,
           or
           Donau
           ;
           and
           therefore
           it
           may
           consequently
           be
           conjectured
           that
           it
           must
           hinder
           our
           first
           parents
           from
           flying
           Eastward
           from
           the
           presence
           of
           the
           Lord
           had
           they
           inhabited
           to
           the
           Westwards
           of
           this
           River
           :
           for
           we
           cannot
           rationally
           conjecture
           they
           had
           either
           Boats
           or
           Ferries
           to
           pass
           over
           it
           withall
           :
           nor
           does
           Gods
           holy
           word
           make
           any
           mention
           of
           Building
           any
           till
           Noahs
           time
           .
           Thus
           therefore
           have
           many
           Ancient
           Geographers
           committed
           an
           eminent
           errour
           in
           this
           particular
           ,
           placing
           this
           Garden
           of
           Pleasure
           on
           the
           West
           side
           of
           the
           River
           of
           Pison
           .
        
         
           This
           River
           (
           as
           aforesaid
           )
           is
           devided
           into
           four
           heads
           of
           water
           ;
           to
           wit
           ,
           two
           to
           the
           Northward
           or
           above
           the
           Garden
           ,
           and
           two
           to
           the
           Southward
           or
           below
           the
           Garden
           ;
           and
           were
           called
           
             Pison
             ,
             Gihon
             ,
             Hiddekel
          
           ,
           and
           Euphrates
           ;
           and
           are
           thus
           described
           in
           
           Gen.
           2.
           11.
           
           The
           name
           of
           the
           first
           is
           Pison
           .
           That
           is
           it
           which
           compasseth
           the
           whole
           Land
           of
           Havilah
           ,
           where
           there
           is
           Gold.
           v.
           13.
           
           And
           the
           name
           of
           the
           second
           River
           is
           Gihon
           .
           The
           same
           is
           it
           that
           compasseth
           the
           whole
           Land
           of
           
             Ethiopia
             .
             v.
          
           14.
           
           And
           the
           name
           of
           the
           third
           River
           is
           Hiddekel
           :
           That
           is
           it
           which
           goeth
           towards
           the
           East
           of
           Assyria
           .
           And
           the
           fourth
           River
           is
           Euphrates
           .
        
         
           This
           River
           of
           Euphrates
           hath
           its
           original
           source
           from
           the
           mountains
           of
           Moschi
           and
           Caspy
           in
           Armenia
           the
           Great
           :
           And
           the
           River
           of
           Hiddekel
           hath
           its
           original
           from
           a
           certain
           Lake
           or
           dead
           Sea
           Scituate
           neer
           the
           beginnings
           of
           the
           Mountains
           of
           Ararat
           .
           These
           two
           streams
           run
           downwards
           into
           the
           aforesaid
           River
           Pison
           at
           the
           North
           of
           the
           Garden
           ,
           and
           so
           run
           Southwards
           to
           the
           Southmost
           part
           of
           the
           Garden
           ,
           where
           the
           most
           Easterly
           of
           these
           streams
           retains
           still
           the
           name
           of
           Pison
           ,
           and
           the
           Westernly
           takes
           the
           name
           of
           Gihon
           upon
           it
           ,
           both
           emptying
           themselves
           into
           the
           
             Persian
             Gulph
          
           .
        
         
           Our
           first
           Parents
           being
           thus
           placed
           in
           this
           Garden
           of
           Pleasure
           (
           as
           aforesaid
           )
           had
           all
           things
           therein
           given
           them
           to
           their
           use
           and
           behoof
           ,
           except
           the
           Tree
           of
           Knowledge
           of
           good
           and
           evil
           ,
           Gen.
           2.
           17.
           
           Which
           was
           expressly
           Forbidden
           them
           by
           God.
           But
           being
           deluded
           by
           the
           Subtleties
           of
           Satan
           to
           break
           Gods
           Command
           ,
           they
           were
           driven
           out
           of
           Paradice
           ,
           and
           condemned
           to
           get
           their
           Living
           in
           the
           sweat
           of
           their
           brows
           ;
           and
           for
           their
           sakes
           the
           Earth
           was
           accurst
           and
           over-run
           with
           Thistles
           and
           Thorns
           .
        
         
           Having
           (
           as
           we
           have
           touched
           before
           )
           their
           dwelling
           in
           the
           Land
           of
           Nod
           ,
           to
           
           the
           Eastwards
           of
           the
           Garden
           of
           Eden
           (
           which
           Countrey
           was
           formerly
           called
           Susiane
           ,
           and
           now
           Susan
           )
           where
           they
           fell
           to
           Tilling
           the
           Ground
           .
           They
           had
           two
           Sons
           ,
           the
           eldest
           named
           Cain
           a
           Tiller
           of
           the
           Ground
           ,
           and
           the
           youngest
           named
           Abel
           a
           keeper
           of
           Sheep
           ;
           who
           through
           the
           Spite
           and
           Mallice
           of
           his
           brother
           Cain
           was
           in
           his
           fury
           muthered
           by
           him
           .
           Cain
           being
           accurst
           of
           God
           for
           this
           fact
           ,
           falls
           into
           great
           dispair
           and
           perplexity
           of
           mind
           ,
           fearing
           least
           every
           one
           that
           meets
           him
           should
           kill
           him
           :
           goes
           therefore
           forth
           from
           the
           face
           of
           the
           Lord
           into
           the
           Land
           of
           Nod
           ,
           and
           builds
           there
           a
           Citty
           and
           calls
           the
           name
           of
           it
           Enoch
           ,
           after
           his
           Sons
           name
           .
           It
           may
           be
           conjectured
           that
           the
           Citty
           now
           called
           Susan
           is
           the
           remains
           of
           this
           Citty
           Enoch
           ,
           as
           bordering
           neerest
           to
           Eden
           ,
           and
           Scituate
           to
           the
           Westwards
           of
           the
           Mountains
           of
           Ararat
           upon
           the
           River
           Euleus
           ,
           where
           it
           is
           probable
           Cain
           stopt
           his
           flight
           from
           the
           face
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           being
           not
           able
           to
           pass
           over
           this
           River
           .
        
         
           The
           sins
           of
           Mankind
           growing
           from
           time
           to
           time
           more
           and
           more
           ,
           are
           at
           last
           punisht
           by
           God
           almighty
           with
           an
           universal
           deludge
           ;
           wherein
           was
           drowned
           all
           the
           race
           of
           Mankind
           ,
           all
           the
           Beasts
           of
           the
           field
           ,
           all
           the
           Fowls
           of
           the
           Air
           ,
           and
           all
           creeping
           things
           ,
           except
           Noah
           and
           his
           Family
           ,
           and
           two
           of
           a
           sort
           of
           all
           Creatures
           that
           lived
           on
           the
           face
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           fowls
           of
           the
           Air
           :
           preserved
           by
           Noah
           upon
           the
           Waters
           in
           an
           Ark
           built
           by
           him
           according
           to
           the
           directions
           of
           God
           himself
           ,
           after
           the
           World
           had
           been
           created
           1656
           years
           .
           This
           Ark
           having
           driven
           to
           and
           fro
           upon
           the
           Waters
           above
           the
           highest
           tops
           of
           the
           Mountains
           for
           the
           space
           of
           about
           five
           moneths
           time
           ,
           it
           pleased
           God
           to
           let
           it
           rest
           at
           last
           upon
           the
           Mountains
           of
           Ararat
           ;
           
           And
           after
           the
           waters
           were
           retired
           again
           into
           their
           place
           the
           beleeving
           Noah
           and
           his
           Family
           and
           all
           the
           living
           Creatures
           that
           were
           inclosed
           in
           the
           Ark
           went
           again
           out
           of
           the
           Ark
           :
           and
           Noah
           and
           his
           Family
           setled
           themselves
           about
           the
           Eastern
           borders
           of
           the
           River
           of
           Hiddekel
           :
           from
           whence
           afterwards
           the
           Generations
           of
           Noah
           spread
           themselves
           both
           Eastwards
           and
           Westwards
           ;
           naming
           the
           several
           Lands
           and
           Countries
           wherein
           they
           lived
           after
           their
           several
           Names
           :
           Which
           hath
           moved
           us
           to
           insert
           this
           Geneological
           Table
           ,
           that
           the
           Reader
           may
           the
           easier
           learn
           to
           know
           the
           Lands
           in
           the
           Map
           ,
           and
           their
           several
           Original
           Possessors
           ;
           as
           more
           at
           large
           you
           may
           collect
           them
           out
           of
           the
           Bible
           ,
           and
           the
           marginal
           Notes
           there
           on
           .
        
         
           [
           
             Let
             the
             Genelogical
             Table
             come
             in
             here
             .
          
           ]
        
         
           All
           the
           people
           of
           the
           Earth
           had
           then
           one
           Language
           and
           one
           Speech
           .
           And
           that
           they
           might
           the
           better
           unite
           themselves
           ,
           and
           perpetrate
           a
           Name
           ,
           they
           consulted
           to
           build
           a
           Citty
           ,
           and
           a
           Tower
           therein
           whose
           top
           thereof
           should
           reach
           up
           unto
           Heaven
           ;
           which
           the
           Lord
           being
           offended
           with
           confounded
           their
           Language
           ,
           scattered
           them
           ,
           and
           made
           them
           leave
           off
           building
           their
           intended
           Citty
           .
           And
           the
           name
           of
           that
           place
           was
           called
           Babel
           :
           as
           you
           may
           see
           at
           Fig
           1.
           in
           the
           Map
           ,
           because
           the
           Lord
           did
           here
           confound
           their
           Language
           ,
           and
           from
           hence
           desperse
           them
           into
           all
           parts
           of
           the
           Earth
           .
           Gen.
           11.
           9.
           
        
         
           Not
           far
           from
           this
           Citty
           is
           Ur
           ,
           the
           dwelling
           place
           of
           Terah
           ;
           as
           at
           Fig.
           2.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           This
           Terah
           was
           the
           Father
           of
           Abraham
           ,
           and
           the
           Grandfather
           of
           Lot.
           And
           
           Abraham
           being
           forewarned
           of
           God
           to
           depart
           from
           thence
           ,
           according
           both
           he
           and
           his
           Father
           Terah
           and
           Lot
           departed
           to
           Haran
           ,
           as
           at
           Numb
           .
           3.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           :
           where
           Terah
           dyed
           .
           Gen.
           11.
           32.
           
           And
           Abraham
           at
           Gods
           command
           left
           his
           Native
           place
           ,
           and
           his
           Kindred
           ,
           and
           took
           with
           him
           all
           his
           family
           ,
           and
           his
           Nephew
           Lot
           ,
           and
           all
           their
           substance
           ,
           and
           travelled
           towards
           the
           Land
           of
           Canaan
           ,
           unto
           Sichem
           in
           the
           Plain
           of
           Moreh
           ,
           as
           at
           Fig.
           4.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           From
           whence
           he
           removed
           again
           unto
           a
           mountain
           between
           Beth-el
           and
           Hai
           (
           as
           at
           Fig.
           5.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           )
           and
           pitched
           his
           tent
           there
           ;
           where
           he
           built
           an
           Altar
           and
           called
           upon
           the
           Lord.
           Gen.
           12.
           8.
           
           From
           hence
           they
           depart
           Southwards
           ;
           and
           by
           reason
           of
           a
           famine
           in
           the
           Land
           are
           driven
           to
           go
           down
           into
           Egypt
           ;
           from
           whence
           after
           some
           time
           of
           stay
           they
           again
           depart
           (
           richly
           blessed
           with
           Cattle
           ,
           Silver
           ,
           and
           Gold
           ,
           &c.
           )
           into
           the
           Land
           of
           Canaan
           :
           and
           again
           took
           up
           their
           dwelling
           place
           between
           Beth-el
           and
           Hai.
           at
           
             Fig.
             5.
             
             Gen.
          
           13.
           3.
           
           Here
           Lot
           and
           Abraham
           parts
           ,
           because
           the
           Land
           was
           too
           little
           for
           them
           .
           And
           Lot
           chose
           the
           Plain
           of
           Jordan
           .
           at
           Fig.
           6.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           ;
           and
           pitched
           his
           Tent
           towards
           
             Sodom
             .
             Gen.
          
           13.
           12.
           
           And
           Abram
           went
           and
           dwelt
           in
           the
           Plain
           of
           Mamre
           ,
           which
           is
           in
           
             Hebron
             ,
             Gen.
          
           13.
           18.
           as
           at
           Fig.
           7.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           Here
           it
           was
           that
           Ishmael
           was
           born
           ,
           Isaac
           is
           promised
           ,
           And
           Abrams
           name
           was
           changed
           to
           
             Abraham
             ,
             Gen.
          
           16.
           and
           17.
           
           From
           hence
           Abraham
           journeyed
           towards
           the
           South
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           dwelt
           between
           Kadesh
           and
           Shur
           ,
           and
           sojourned
           as
           a
           stranger
           in
           Gerar
           ;
           at
           Fig.
           8.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           Gen.
           20.
           1.
           
           Here
           Abraham
           was
           commanded
           to
           offer
           up
           his
           Son
           Isaac
           upon
           one
           of
           the
           Mountains
           of
           Moriah
           ;
           at
           Fig.
           9.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           But
           God
           finding
           his
           obedience
           forbids
           him
           to
           lay
           hands
           
           on
           the
           Lad
           ,
           and
           provides
           a
           Ram
           for
           a
           burnt
           offering
           in
           Isaacs
           steed
           ,
           and
           promises
           him
           his
           blessings
           .
           From
           hence
           Abraham
           goes
           and
           dwells
           in
           Beersheba
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           10.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           Gen.
           22.
           19.
           
           And
           at
           Kirjath-arba
           which
           is
           
             Hebron
             ,
             Sarah
          
           dies
           ,
           and
           is
           buried
           in
           the
           cave
           of
           Machpelah
           over
           against
           .
           Mamre
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           12.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           Gen.
           23.
           19.
           
        
         
           Afterwards
           Abraham
           takes
           an
           Oath
           of
           his
           servant
           ,
           and
           sends
           him
           to
           Nahor
           in
           Mesopotamia
           .
           at
           Fig.
           3.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           :
           to
           take
           a
           wife
           for
           Isaac
           out
           of
           his
           Kindred
           ,
           and
           obtained
           Rebekah
           the
           Daughter
           of
           Bethuel
           ,
           and
           brings
           her
           into
           Canaan
           ,
           where
           Isaac
           met
           her
           as
           he
           came
           from
           the
           way
           of
           the
           Well
           Lahairoi
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           13.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           
             Gen.
             24.
             62.
             
             Abraham
          
           at
           the
           age
           of
           175
           years
           dies
           ,
           and
           is
           buried
           by
           his
           Sons
           Isaac
           and
           Ishmael
           in
           the
           Sepulcher
           of
           his
           Wife
           Sarah
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           12.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           
             Gen.
             25.
             10.
             
             Isaac
          
           then
           dwelt
           in
           the
           Cit●y
           of
           Gerar
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           14.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           Gen.
           26.
           6.
           
           From
           whence
           he
           removed
           to
           the
           valley
           of
           
             Gerar.
             Gen.
          
           26.
           17.
           
           And
           from
           the
           valley
           of
           Gerer
           to
           
             Beer-sheba
             .
             Gen.
          
           26.
           23.
           
           But
           the
           Children
           of
           Ishmael
           being
           twelve
           Prince
           dwelt
           in
           all
           that
           space
           between
           Havilah
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           16.
           and
           Shur
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           15.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           Gen.
           25.
           18.
           
           This
           was
           a
           large
           Countrey
           ,
           but
           in
           probability
           not
           very
           fruitful
           or
           close
           inhabited
           .
           Because
           at
           this
           time
           it
           is
           called
           the
           Deserts
           of
           Arabia
           .
        
         
           Isaac
           had
           now
           two
           Sons
           ,
           to
           wit
           Esau
           ,
           and
           Jacob.
           And
           Jacob
           being
           the
           youngest
           by
           his
           subtilety
           bought
           Esaus
           birth-right
           for
           a
           mess
           of
           Pottage
           ;
           and
           by
           it
           obtained
           his
           father
           
           Isaac's
           Blessing
           ,
           which
           belonged
           to
           Esau
           ;
           for
           which
           Esau
           sought
           
           Jacobs
           Life
           .
           But
           by
           the
           councel
           of
           his
           Parents
           he
           went
           towards
           Podan-Arain
           to
           Laban
           his
           Mothers
           brother
           .
           But
           being
           benighted
           at
           Luz
           ,
           he
           took
           of
           the
           stones
           of
           the
           Place
           for
           his
           Pillows
           ,
           and
           lay
           down
           to
           sleep
           on
           them
           ;
           and
           then
           dreamed
           that
           he
           saw
           a
           Ladder
           whose
           top
           reached
           into
           Heaven
           ,
           and
           the
           Angels
           of
           God
           ascending
           and
           descending
           .
           Here
           he
           received
           the
           promise
           of
           God
           :
           and
           here
           he
           took
           the
           stone
           he
           had
           for
           his
           Pillow
           ,
           and
           set
           it
           up
           for
           a
           Pillar
           ,
           and
           poured
           oyl
           on
           it
           ,
           and
           named
           the
           Citty
           Bethel
           ,
           at
           Fig
           17
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           Gen.
           28.
           11
           to
           20.
           
           In
           the
           morning
           he
           travelled
           towards
           the
           people
           of
           the
           East
           ,
           where
           he
           met
           Rachel
           ,
           the
           daughter
           of
           his
           Uncle
           Laban
           ,
           about
           Haran
           at
           Fig
           3
           in
           the
           Mapp
           :
           and
           makes
           himself
           known
           to
           her
           ,
           who
           straight
           runs
           and
           tells
           her
           father
           ,
           who
           also
           came
           out
           to
           meet
           him
           :
           and
           received
           him
           kindly
           .
           
             Gen.
             29
             13.
          
           
           Here
           Jacob
           served
           Laban
           20
           years
           ,
           for
           his
           two
           daughters
           Leah
           and
           Rachel
           ,
           together
           with
           such
           Cattle
           of
           the
           Flock
           as
           he
           barganied
           for
           :
           which
           the
           Lord
           blesses
           ,
           and
           increases
           mightily
           .
           Whereat
           Laban
           and
           his
           Sons
           grow
           displeased
           ,
           and
           murmur
           against
           Jacob.
           which
           caused
           Jacob
           to
           depart
           from
           thence
           with
           his
           Wives
           and
           Childeren
           and
           Cattle
           to
           the
           land
           of
           Canaan
           over
           the
           River
           Euphrates
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           18
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           Turning
           towards
           the
           Hills
           of
           Gillead
           at
           Fig.
           19
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           After
           7
           days
           persuit
           of
           his
           Father
           in
           law
           and
           Uncle
           Laban
           and
           a
           great
           power
           he
           brought
           with
           him
           ,
           he
           was
           overtaken
           .
           Yet
           nevertheless
           ,
           Laban
           being
           warned
           of
           God
           not
           to
           hurt
           Jacob
           ,
           made
           a
           convenant
           with
           him
           .
           Gen
           31.
           48
           ,
           49.
           not
           to
           hurt
           each
           other
           .
           Here
           they
           made
           a
           heap
           of
           stones
           in
           memorial
           of
           the
           covenant
           ,
           and
           called
           the
           name
           of
           it
           Gilead
           and
           Mizpah
           :
           And
           from
           thence
           Laban
           returned
           home
           in
           peace
           .
        
         
         
           Jacob
           travelling
           a
           little
           further
           meets
           the
           Angels
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           called
           the
           name
           of
           the
           place
           Mahanaim
           .
           at
           Fig.
           20
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           From
           hence
           Jacob
           and
           all
           his
           Family
           and
           followers
           passed
           over
           the
           foord
           
             Jabbok
             ,
             Gen.
          
           32.
           22.
           
           Here
           it
           was
           that
           Jacob
           wrestled
           with
           God
           ,
           and
           obtained
           his
           blessing
           ;
           and
           was
           called
           Israel
           ;
           wherefore
           he
           called
           the
           name
           of
           the
           place
           Peniel
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           21.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           And
           here
           he
           met
           his
           brother
           Esau
           coming
           against
           him
           ,
           with
           400
           men
           :
           yet
           they
           imbraced
           and
           parted
           friendly
           from
           one
           another
           ;
           Esau
           to
           his
           dwellings
           in
           the
           mountains
           Seir
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           22
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           
             Gen.
             33.
          
           16.
           and
           Jacob
           journied
           to
           Succoth
           ,
           on
           the
           River
           of
           Jordan
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           23
           in
           the
           Mapp
           ;
           where
           he
           built
           an
           house
           .
           From
           thence
           he
           came
           neer
           the
           Citty
           of
           Shechem
           in
           Canaan
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           17.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           From
           hence
           God
           commanded
           him
           to
           go
           to
           Bethel
           ,
           and
           make
           there
           an
           Altar
           unto
           God
           that
           appeared
           unto
           him
           when
           he
           fled
           from
           his
           brother
           
             Esau.
             Gen.
             35.
          
           1.
           
           From
           hence
           Jacob
           travelled
           towards
           Ephrath
           ,
           which
           is
           Bethelem
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           24.
           
           And
           within
           a
           little
           way
           of
           the
           place
           Richel
           dyed
           with
           hard
           labour
           of
           her
           son
           Benjamin
           ,
           and
           was
           buried
           there
           .
           Gen.
           35.
           19.
           and
           
             Gen.
             48.
             7.
             
             Israel
          
           travelled
           again
           from
           thence
           ,
           and
           pitched
           his
           Tents
           beyond
           the
           Tower
           of
           Edar
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           25.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           From
           Edar
           he
           went
           to
           his
           Father
           Iscaac
           in
           Mamre
           ,
           at
           the
           Citty
           of
           Arbak
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           11
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           And
           Isaac
           being
           180
           years
           old
           dyed
           ;
           and
           was
           buryed
           by
           his
           sons
           Esau
           and
           Jacob
           ,
           in
           the
           Sepulcher
           of
           his
           Father
           Abraham
           at
           Machpelah
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           12
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           Israel
           being
           compelled
           by
           famine
           ,
           and
           invited
           by
           his
           son
           Joseph
           ,
           goes
           into
           Egypt
           ;
           that
           is
           the
           land
           of
           Cham
           ,
           also
           called
           Mitsraim
           ,
           where
           Joseph
           receives
           him
           with
           joy
           and
           duty
           ,
           and
           entertains
           him
           with
           great
           kindness
           and
           liberallity
           ,
           giving
           him
           with
           the
           consent
           of
           
           Pharaoh
           the
           Land
           of
           Goshen
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           26
           in
           the
           Mapp
           ,
           to
           live
           in
           .
           The
           soules
           that
           came
           out
           of
           Egypt
           with
           him
           were
           in
           number
           70.
           
           And
           Israel
           being
           very
           old
           and
           dim
           of
           sight
           dyed
           there
           ,
           and
           was
           carryed
           by
           his
           son
           Joseph
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           children
           ,
           and
           a
           great
           train
           of
           Egyptians
           very
           magnificently
           into
           the
           land
           of
           Canaan
           ;
           and
           buried
           in
           the
           Sepulcher
           of
           his
           Father
           and
           Grandfather
           ,
           at
           Machpelah
           ,
           which
           is
           before
           Mamre
           ,
           at
           Fig.
           12
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           Gen
           50.
           13.
           
        
         
           Thus
           is
           the
           curteous
           Spectator
           presented
           with
           a
           short
           Narration
           of
           the
           several
           Countries
           ,
           Stations
           ,
           and
           Dwellings
           ,
           of
           our
           first
           Parents
           ;
           from
           Adam
           downwards
           to
           Jacob
           and
           by
           the
           corresponding
           figures
           in
           the
           Mapp
           ,
           and
           this
           Narration
           is
           directed
           to
           find
           the
           scituation
           of
           every
           place
           in
           question
           which
           he
           shall
           read
           of
           in
           the
           Bible
           ,
           wherein
           they
           are
           concerned
           ,
           with
           very
           great
           ease
           ,
           speed
           ,
           and
           delight
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           short
           discourse
           upon
           the
           Perigrination
           of
           the
           Children
           of
           Israel
           ;
           Together
           with
           a
           Geographical
           description
           of
           the
           several
           places
           they
           travelled
           to
           between
           Egypt
           and
           the
           land
           of
           Canaan
           .
        
         
           THe
           land
           of
           Promise
           is
           by
           some
           old
           Writers
           called
           Palestine
           ,
           (
           as
           is
           conjectured
           )
           from
           the
           name
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           land
           called
           Philistines
           ,
           a
           Nation
           descended
           from
           Cham
           ,
           one
           of
           the
           sons
           of
           Noah
           .
           And
           yet
           may
           this
           Land
           be
           properly
           called
           the
           
             Land
             of
             Promise
          
           ;
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           promise
           God
           made
           to
           
             Abraham
             ,
             Gen.
             12.
          
           7.
           and
           Gen.
           13.
           15.
           
           It
           takes
           the
           name
           of
           Canaan
           from
           Canaan
           ,
           one
           of
           the
           sons
           of
           
             Ham
             :
          
           )
           and
           is
           devided
           into
           particular
           Provinces
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           several
           names
           of
           Chams
           sons
           ,
           who
           were
           the
           first
           possessors
           of
           those
           Provinces
           :
           as
           you
           may
           more
           perfectly
           see
           in
           the
           Mapp
           of
           Paradice
           .
           And
           lastly
           ,
           this
           Land
           is
           called
           the
           
             Holy
             Land
          
           ,
           alluding
           to
           what
           God
           said
           unto
           Moses
           in
           
             Deut.
             3.
             5.
             
             Draw
             not
             nigh
             hither
             ;
             Put
             off
             thy
             shoes
             from
             thy
             feet
             ;
             for
             the
             Place
             whereon
             thou
             standest
             is
             Holy
             Ground
             .
          
           Notwithstanding
           this
           was
           not
           spoken
           by
           God
           in
           the
           Land
           of
           Canaan
           ;
           but
           in
           the
           Wilderness
           of
           Sin
           by
           mount
           Horeb.
           Yet
           however
           we
           may
           account
           this
           a
           very
           proper
           name
           for
           this
           Land
           ,
           because
           the
           holiness
           of
           the
           Lord
           was
           there
           preserved
           ;
           The
           Holy
           Citty
           of
           Jerusalem
           stood
           in
           it
           ;
           and
           the
           most
           Holy
           and
           true
           Son
           of
           God
           had
           both
           his
           birth
           and
           conversation
           in
           it
           .
        
         
         
           The
           extream
           bounds
           of
           this
           Land
           reaches
           Fastwards
           to
           
             Arabiathe
             Stony
          
           .
           Westwards
           to
           the
           
             Great
             Sea
          
           ,
           Northwards
           to
           the
           Hills
           of
           Labanon
           ,
           and
           Southwards
           to
           the
           Wilderness
           of
           
             Paran
             ,
             Edom
          
           ,
           and
           Kadesh
           .
           It
           s
           length
           between
           Labanon
           and
           Paran
           is
           about
           150
           English
           Miles
           :
           The
           bredth
           between
           the
           
             Great
             Sea
          
           and
           the
           River
           of
           Jordan
           is
           various
           ;
           for
           in
           some
           Places
           ,
           it
           is
           about
           50.
           in
           others
           about
           60.
           
           Miles
           over
           .
        
         
           This
           Land
           is
           watered
           with
           several
           smal
           Rivolets
           or
           Brooks
           ;
           some
           emptying
           themselves
           into
           the
           
             Great
             Sea
          
           and
           others
           running
           into
           the
           River
           of
           Jordan
           ,
           a
           famous
           River
           taking
           its
           original
           from
           two
           smal
           Lakes
           by
           the
           Woods
           of
           Labanon
           ,
           called
           Jor
           ,
           and
           Dan
           ;
           who
           running
           a
           little
           way
           ,
           unite
           both
           their
           streams
           and
           names
           :
           and
           from
           thence
           is
           called
           Jordan
           .
           This
           River
           Jordan
           runs
           from
           thence
           into
           the
           Lake
           Merom
           ,
           and
           from
           Merom
           into
           the
           Sea
           of
           Galilee
           ;
           otherwise
           called
           the
           Sea
           of
           Chinereth
           ;
           And
           lastly
           ,
           running
           from
           the
           Sea
           of
           Chinereth
           it
           looses
           its
           self
           and
           name
           in
           the
           
             Dead
             Sea
          
           or
           Vale
           of
           Siddim
           .
           In
           this
           Valestood
           formerly
           those
           wicked
           Citties
           Sodom
           and
           Gomorrah
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           time
           of
           Lot
           was
           a
           most
           exceeding
           fruitfull
           plot
           of
           ground
           ,
           compared
           to
           the
           Garden
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           to
           witt
           ,
           
             Paradice
             .
             Gen
          
           13.
           10.
           
           This
           Sea
           or
           Vale
           is
           also
           watered
           with
           the
           Brooks
           Zered
           ,
           and
           Arnon
           ,
           and
           is
           nevertheless
           (
           as
           Josephus
           writes
           )
           a
           salt
           and
           unfruitful
           Lake
           .
           
             Tacitus
             ,
             Egysippus
             ,
             Pausanius
          
           ,
           and
           others
           ,
           write
           wonderful
           things
           of
           this
           Lake
           ;
           which
           for
           brevity
           we
           shall
           here
           omit
           .
           Yet
           this
           we
           ought
           to
           remark
           ,
           that
           herein
           is
           found
           driving
           upon
           the
           waters
           a
           species
           of
           Pitch
           called
           Asphaltum
           :
           from
           whence
           this
           Lake
           hath
           also
           obtained
           the
           name
           of
           
             Mare
             Asphalticum
          
           .
           This
           Pitch
           being
           melted
           hath
           a
           noysom
           stinck
           ,
           and
           is
           used
           both
           in
           medicines
           ,
           
           and
           by
           the
           Inhabitants
           there-abouts
           for
           the
           pitching
           of
           Vessels
           .
        
         
           But
           to
           proceed
           ,
           This
           Land
           of
           Canaan
           is
           a
           very
           fruitful
           Land
           :
           producing
           Corn
           ,
           Wine
           ,
           Oyl
           ,
           Sugar
           ,
           Balsome
           ,
           Figgs
           ,
           Herbs
           ,
           and
           Flowers
           ;
           and
           is
           very
           truely
           termed
           a
           
             Land
             flowing
             with
             milk
             and
             honey
             .
             Exod
          
           3.
           8.
           and
           in
           several
           other
           places
           .
           It
           is
           beautified
           with
           many
           fair
           Hills
           ,
           Vales
           ,
           Fields
           ,
           Fountains
           ,
           Rivers
           ;
           Woods
           ,
           Citties
           ,
           Vi●lages
           ,
           and
           strong
           Castles
           :
           exceling
           many
           other
           Lands
           in
           the
           World
           :
           and
           therefore
           given
           by
           God
           for
           an
           Inheritance
           to
           the
           Father
           of
           the
           faithful
           and
           his
           Seed
           the
           children
           of
           Israel
           ,
           as
           a
           type
           of
           the
           Heavenly
           Canaan
           ,
           the
           place
           of
           perfect
           and
           accomplished
           joy
           and
           happiness
           .
        
         
           The
           exceeding
           great
           number
           of
           Citties
           in
           this
           Land
           is
           almost
           incredible
           :
           yet
           that
           you
           may
           the
           better
           conceive
           of
           it
           ,
           we
           have
           thought
           fit
           to
           add
           a
           Catalogue
           of
           the
           Kingly
           Citties
           which
           Joshua
           by
           lot
           devided
           to
           the
           children
           of
           Israel
           :
           as
           follows
           .
        
         
           
             
               To
               the
               Tribe
               of
               Ruben
               
                 
                   Hesh●●n
                
                 
                   Madian
                   .
                
                 
                   P●tra
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               Manasse
               
                 
                   G●●al
                   .
                
                 
                   F●a-D●r
                   .
                
                 
                   Ta●●a●●
                
                 
                   M●g●●●●
                   .
                
                 
                   Israel
                   .
                
                 
                   Th●●z●
                   .
                
                 
                   Ashtaroth
                   .
                
                 
                   Domas●●●
                   .
                
                 
                   Ed●●●
                   .
                
                 
                   Gesur
                   .
                
                 
                   Maachath
                   .
                
                 
                   Zoba
                   .
                
                 
                   Them●●●
                
                 
                   Madon
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               Gad
               
                 
                   Rabbah
                
              
            
             
               To
               Benjamin
               .
               
                 
                   ●●thel
                   .
                
                 
                   A●
                   .
                
                 
                   Gibe●●
                   :
                
                 
                   Jer●sa●●●
                   .
                
                 
                   Jericho
                   ,
                
              
            
             
               To
               Simeon
               .
               
                 
                   Debir
                   .
                
                 
                   Gerar.
                   
                
              
            
             
               To
               Zebulon
               
                 
                   Jok●eam
                   .
                
                 
                   Simron
                   Mer●●
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               Issachat
               
                 
                   Apbek
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               Asher
               
                 
                   Achsaph
                   .
                
                 
                   Lassor●n
                   .
                
                 
                   Tyre
                   .
                
                 
                   Zidon
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               Naphtali
               .
               
                 
                   Hazor
                   .
                
                 
                   Edrei
                   .
                
                 
                   Heleph
                   .
                
                 
                   Hamm●th
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               Dan.
               
               
                 
                   Ekron
                   .
                
                 
                   Gath.
                   
                
                 
                   Lac●is
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               Judah
               
                 
                   Harad
                   .
                
                 
                   Arab.
                   
                
                 
                   Makked●h
                   .
                
                 
                   Lib●a
                   .
                
                 
                   Eglon.
                   
                
                 
                   Bes●k
                   .
                
                 
                   Hebron
                   .
                
                 
                   Adullam
                   .
                
                 
                   Tappua
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               Ephraim
               .
               
                 
                   G●●ur
                   .
                
                 
                   Tappuah
                   .
                
                 
                   L●ssaron
                   .
                
                 
                   Samaria
                   .
                
              
            
          
           in
           all
           52
           Kingly
           Citties
           .
        
         
           This
           Description
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           Canaan
           may
           be
           thought
           unproper
           in
           this
           place
           ,
           since
           we
           pretend
           to
           shew
           you
           the
           children
           of
           Israels
           forty
           years
           wandering
           through
           the
           Wilderness
           :
           But
           because
           you
           may
           know
           what
           Land
           it
           was
           God
           had
           ordained
           for
           them
           after
           their
           Trials
           and
           Travels
           ;
           and
           because
           we
           intend
           in
           our
           Discourse
           upon
           the
           Mapp
           of
           Canaan
           to
           treat
           mostly
           upon
           the
           Actions
           and
           Passages
           of
           our
           Saviour
           Jesus
           Christ
           in
           this
           Land
           ,
           therefore
           we
           thought
           fit
           to
           insert
           this
           Discourse
           here
           ,
           and
           to
           omit
           it
           in
           the
           next
           Mapp
           .
           Wherefore
           ,
        
         
           Having
           thus
           given
           you
           an
           account
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           Promise
           ,
           we
           come
           next
           to
           shew
           
           the
           Perigrination
           of
           the
           children
           of
           Israel
           towards
           it
           through
           the
           Wildernesses
           of
           
             Paran
             ,
             Zin
             ,
             Kadesh
          
           ,
           &c.
           where
           (
           for
           your
           information
           )
           take
           notice
           that
           the
           double
           prickt
           line
           in
           the
           Map
           shews
           the
           passage
           they
           made
           ;
           and
           where
           you
           find
           six
           little
           round
           
           thus
           ,
           besides
           the
           prickt
           line
           ,
           it
           shews
           where
           they
           pitched
           their
           Tents
           :
           Each
           Station
           is
           marked
           with
           numerical
           figures
           ,
           to
           which
           the
           numerical
           figures
           in
           the
           Mapp
           and
           Book
           bear
           particular
           referrences
           .
           But
           to
           the
           purpose
           .
        
         
           God
           having
           purposed
           that
           the
           posterity
           of
           Abraham
           should
           remain
           as
           strangers
           in
           a
           strange
           Land
           430
           years
           :
           And
           this
           time
           being
           expired
           ,
           he
           took
           notice
           of
           their
           miserable
           bondage
           ,
           and
           how
           they
           were
           supprest
           and
           tasked
           of
           the
           Egyptians
           ,
           he
           heard
           the
           sighs
           and
           complaints
           of
           his
           People
           ;
           and
           therefore
           sent
           his
           servants
           Moses
           and
           Aaron
           to
           lead
           them
           out
           of
           Egypt
           into
           the
           Promised
           land
           .
        
         
           And
           because
           King
           Pharaoh
           opposed
           them
           ,
           therefore
           God
           sent
           all
           sorts
           of
           plagues
           upon
           Egypt
           ,
           so
           that
           at
           last
           Pharaoh
           and
           his
           people
           were
           not
           only
           willing
           to
           let
           them
           go
           ,
           but
           even
           in
           a
           manner
           drove
           them
           out
           of
           the
           land
           .
        
         
           The
           children
           of
           Israel
           therefore
           gathered
           themselves
           together
           from
           all
           parts
           of
           the
           land
           to
           Rameses
           ,
           and
           ate
           the
           Paschal
           Lamb
           on
           the
           14.
           day
           of
           the
           moneth
           
             Ibib.
             Exod.
          
           13.
           4.
           
           (
           which
           with
           us
           is
           part
           of
           the
           moneth
           of
           March
           ,
           and
           by
           them
           accounted
           the
           first
           moneth
           of
           the
           Year
           ,
           (
           2583.
           years
           after
           the
           Creation
           of
           the
           World
           )
           The
           next
           day
           (
           to
           wit
           the
           15
           day
           of
           the
           first
           moneth
           they
           journeyed
           from
           thence
           to
           Succoth
           .
           (
           at
           fig.
           1.
           in
           the
           Mapp
           .
           )
           and
           from
           thence
           to
           Etham
           (
           at
           fig.
           2.
           )
           on
           the
           edge
           of
           the
           Wilderness
           ,
           and
           there
           encamped
           themselves
           .
           From
           thence
           they
           turned
           to
           Pi-hahiroth
           ,
           
           (
           at
           fig.
           3.
           )
           between
           Migdal
           and
           the
           Sea
           ,
           where
           they
           were
           overtaken
           by
           the
           Egytians
           .
           But
           God
           set
           his
           Angel
           behind
           the
           camp
           to
           guard
           it
           :
           And
           having
           provided
           a
           Pillar
           of
           Cloud
           and
           a
           Pillar
           of
           Light
           ,
           the
           one
           to
           guide
           them
           in
           the
           Day
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           to
           light
           them
           in
           the
           Night
           ,
           placed
           the
           Pillar
           of
           (
           loud
           behind
           the
           Israelites
           ,
           and
           it
           became
           a
           Light
           to
           them
           ,
           but
           Darkness
           to
           the
           Egyptians
           ;
           so
           as
           they
           could
           not
           come
           at
           them
           .
           Israel
           being
           thus
           beset
           on
           each
           side
           with
           high
           mountains
           ,
           behind
           with
           an
           Enemy
           ,
           and
           before
           with
           the
           Red
           Sea
           ,
           cryed
           unto
           the
           Lord
           ,
           who
           by
           the
           hands
           of
           his
           servant
           Moses
           caused
           the
           Waters
           to
           part
           ,
           and
           they
           went
           over
           on
           dry
           Ground
           :
           But
           when
           the
           Egyptians
           persued
           them
           ,
           the
           Waters
           returned
           again
           ,
           and
           covered
           them
           and
           their
           Chariots
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           were
           all
           drowned
           in
           the
           Sea
           ;
           and
           not
           one
           of
           them
           escaped
           .
        
         
           Hereat
           the
           People
           rejoyce
           ,
           and
           Moses
           and
           Miriam
           sing
           praises
           to
           the
           Lord
           for
           their
           deliverance
           .
           But
           journeying
           farther
           ,
           come
           to
           the
           bitter
           Waters
           of
           Marah
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           4.
           )
           where
           they
           encamped
           ,
           and
           murmurred
           against
           Moses
           ,
           who
           by
           the
           Lords
           direction
           threw
           a
           Tree
           into
           the
           Waters
           ,
           and
           they
           became
           sweet
           .
           Exod.
           15.
           25.
           
           From
           hence
           they
           journeyed
           to
           Elim
           .
           (
           at
           fig.
           5.
           )
           and
           encamped
           there
           ,
           where
           they
           found
           twelve
           Fountains
           of
           Water
           ,
           and
           seventy
           Palm
           Trees
           .
           From
           thence
           they
           came
           to
           the
           coasts
           of
           the
           Red
           Sea.
           (
           at
           fig.
           6.
           )
           And
           from
           thence
           to
           the
           Wilderness
           of
           Sin
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           7.
           )
           and
           encamped
           there
           on
           the
           15
           day
           of
           the
           second
           Moneth
           after
           they
           came
           out
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           :
           Here
           they
           again
           murmurred
           against
           Moses
           for
           want
           of
           Flesh
           ;
           calling
           for
           the
           Flesh
           pots
           and
           Bread
           of
           Egypt
           :
           Wherefore
           the
           Lord
           pittying
           
           them
           sent
           them
           their
           dayly
           bread
           from
           Heaven
           ;
           which
           they
           called
           Mannah
           ,
           and
           caused
           a
           great
           number
           of
           Qua●●s
           to
           come
           out
           of
           the
           Sea
           to
           seed
           them
           with
           .
           Then
           they
           journeyed
           from
           Sin
           ,
           and
           set
           up
           their
           Tents
           in
           Dep●k●●
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           8.
           )
           From
           thence
           to
           Alush
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           9.
           )
           Thence
           Rep●●dim
           .
           (
           at
           fig.
           10
           )
           where
           there
           was
           no
           Water
           to
           drink
           :
           wherefore
           the
           People
           again
           murmur
           at
           Moses
           ,
           and
           tempred
           the
           Lord
           :
           and
           therefore
           the
           name
           of
           the
           place
           was
           called
           Massah
           ,
           and
           〈◊〉
           Exod.
           17.
           7.
           
           Nevertheless
           the
           Lord
           commanded
           Moses
           to
           smite
           the
           Rock
           ,
           and
           there
           came
           forth
           Water
           for
           the
           People
           to
           drink
           .
        
         
           Here
           also
           Amalek
           came
           forth
           against
           Israel
           ;
           and
           Moses
           and
           Aaren
           and
           Hur
           went
           up
           to
           the
           top
           of
           the
           Hill
           ,
           where
           Moses
           lined
           up
           his
           hand
           〈◊〉
           Prayer
           to
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           Israel
           prevailed
           :
           but
           when
           his
           hands
           grew
           heavy
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           could
           not
           hold
           them
           up
           Amalek
           prevailed
           against
           Israel
           :
           therefore
           Aaron
           and
           ●ur
           got
           a
           stone
           for
           Moses
           to
           sit
           on
           and
           held
           up
           his
           hands
           steddy
           ,
           till
           Amlek
           was
           quite
           discomfited
           .
        
         
           Afterwards
           came
           Jethro
           the
           Father
           in
           law
           of
           Moses
           and
           Priest
           of
           Midian
           ,
           whom
           Moses
           received
           with
           reverence
           and
           love
           :
           And
           Jethra
           brought
           with
           him
           his
           daughter
           
             Zioporah
             Moses
          
           wife
           ,
           and
           her
           two
           sons
           Gerskon
           and
           
             Eliezer
             .
             Jethro
          
           seeing
           the
           great
           paine
           and
           trouble
           Moses
           had
           in
           judging
           the
           People
           ,
           concels
           him
           to
           seek
           out
           Wise
           ,
           Couragious
           ,
           and
           Jastmen
           ,
           fearing
           God
           ;
           and
           set
           them
           as
           Rulers
           over
           thousands
           over
           hundreds
           and
           over
           tens
           :
           and
           what
           causes
           were
           too
           great
           for
           them
           they
           should
           bring
           before
           Moses
           .
           This
           pleased
           Moses
           well
           ,
           and
           he
           did
           so
           .
           And
           his
           Father
           in
           law
           departed
           into
           his
           own
           Countrey
           .
        
         
         
           The
           same
           day
           the
           Israelites
           departed
           out
           of
           Riphidim
           ,
           and
           encamped
           in
           the
           Wilderness
           of
           Sinai
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           11.
           )
           against
           the
           Mountains
           which
           are
           also
           in
           part
           called
           Horeb
           :
           Here
           God
           came
           down
           upon
           Mount
           Sinai
           in
           the
           sight
           of
           all
           the
           People
           ,
           and
           gave
           them
           his
           Law
           ;
           first
           by
           word
           of
           mouth
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           to
           Moses
           in
           two
           Tables
           written
           on
           Stone
           by
           God
           himself
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           been
           forty
           dayes
           in
           the
           Mount
           with
           God
           ,
           Exod.
           32.
           16.
           and
           Deut.
           9.
           9
           ,
           10
           ,
           11.
           
           But
           Moses
           coming
           down
           ,
           and
           seeing
           the
           Idolatry
           of
           the
           People
           towards
           the
           Golden
           Calf
           ,
           waxed
           so
           wrath
           with
           them
           that
           in
           holy
           zeal
           he
           threw
           the
           two
           Tables
           out
           of
           his
           hands
           and
           brake
           them
           in
           peeces
           ;
           and
           took
           the
           Golden
           Calf
           and
           burned
           it
           in
           the
           fire
           ,
           and
           ground
           it
           to
           powder
           ,
           and
           shewed
           it
           upon
           Water
           ,
           and
           made
           the
           Children
           of
           Israel
           to
           drink
           of
           it
           .
           Then
           Moses
           prayed
           unto
           God
           ,
           and
           obtained
           mercy
           for
           them
           :
           And
           God
           caused
           Moses
           to
           hew
           two
           other
           Tables
           ,
           and
           with
           his
           own
           finger
           he
           wrote
           on
           them
           the
           words
           that
           were
           in
           the
           former
           Tables
           .
           In
           the
           Mount
           
             Sinai
             Moses
          
           receives
           a
           command
           from
           God
           to
           make
           the
           Tabernacle
           ,
           with
           all
           its
           appertainces
           according
           to
           his
           directions
           ;
           and
           to
           require
           of
           all
           the
           People
           a
           Free
           will
           Offering
           ,
           besides
           a
           Tax
           of
           half
           a
           Shekel
           upon
           every
           male
           of
           20
           years
           old
           and
           upwards
           .
           In
           this
           Tax
           were
           numbred
           603550.
           men
           .
           Exod.
           39.
           26.
           and
           in
           the
           former
           vers
           .
           it
           saies
           it
           brought
           up
           in
           Silver
           100.
           
           Tal
           and
           1775
           Shek
           .
           of
           Silver
           :
           Besides
           100.
           
           Talents
           of
           Siverto
           cast
           Sockets
           ;
           which
           makes
           200
           Talents
           1775.
           
           Shekels
           :
           amounting
           to
           (
           in
           our
           English
           Coin
           at
           2.
           sh.
           5.
           d.
           the
           Shekel
           )
           the
           sum
           of
           72565.
           lb.
           
           6.
           sh.
           3.
           d.
           Besides
           was
           freely
           offered
           in
           Gold
           29
           Tallents
           ,
           730
           Shekels
           ;
           which
           if
           we
           reckon
           to
           be
           worth
           twelve
           times
           its
           weight
           in
           Silver
           (
           as
           according
           to
           the
           
           most
           usual
           received
           value
           it
           is
           )
           it
           amounts
           to
           the
           sum
           of
           127208.
           lb.
           
           10.
           sh.
           o.
           d.
           To
           which
           added
           the
           Silver
           aforesaid
           72562.
           6.
           3.
           makes
           the
           exact
           sum
           of
           199773.
           16.
           3.
           
           English
           money
           .
           This
           sum
           is
           for
           the
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           only
           The
           Brass
           imployed
           at
           out
           the
           Tabernacle
           and
           its
           appertainances
           was
           70.
           
           Talents
           and
           2400
           Shekels
           ,
           which
           of
           our
           weight
           at
           16
           ounces
           to
           the
           pound
           weighs
           6526.
           lb.
           
           14.
           ounces
           ;
           which
           reckoned
           at
           8.
           d.
           the
           pound
           (
           the
           usual
           price
           of
           Bras
           ;
           with
           us
           )
           comes
           to
           217.
           lb.
           
           11.
           sh.
           3.
           which
           added
           to
           the
           former
           sum
           ,
           makes
           199991.
           lb.
           
           7.
           sh.
           6.
           the
           just
           value
           of
           the
           mettal
           imployed
           about
           the
           Tabernacle
           .
           Besides
           the
           Offerings
           of
           Blew
           Silk
           ,
           Purple
           ,
           Scarlet
           ,
           Fine
           Linnen
           ,
           Goats
           hair
           ,
           Ram
           skins
           dyed
           Red
           ,
           Badger
           skins
           ,
           Shittim
           wood
           ,
           Oyl
           ,
           Spices
           ,
           Sweet
           Incense
           ,
           and
           precious
           Stones
           ;
           which
           must
           needs
           amount
           to
           a
           very
           great
           price
           .
           Nor
           is
           there
           in
           Scripture
           any
           mention
           made
           what
           the
           workmanship
           of
           all
           these
           materials
           cost
           :
           but
           surely
           it
           would
           come
           to
           much
           ,
           were
           into
           be
           paid
           for
           .
           The
           Women
           (
           doubtless
           )
           spun
           their
           blew
           Silk
           and
           Goats
           hair
           freely
           :
           And
           we
           may
           conjecture
           that
           many
           men
           that
           had
           nothing
           else
           ,
           offered
           their
           Labour
           gratis
           to
           the
           building
           of
           this
           Tabernacle
           to
           the
           Lord.
           
        
         
           The
           Tabernacle
           being
           finisht
           was
           reared
           up
           
             (
             Exod.
             40.
             2.
             
          
           )
           the
           first
           day
           of
           the
           first
           moneth
           ,
           in
           the
           second
           year
           after
           they
           departed
           out
           of
           Egypt
           .
           It
           and
           all
           its
           Instruments
           was
           annointed
           and
           hallowed
           by
           Moses
           :
           And
           then
           a
           Cloud
           covered
           it
           ,
           and
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           Lord
           filled
           it
           .
           All
           the
           day
           time
           the
           Cloud
           remained
           over
           it
           ,
           and
           Fire
           was
           in
           it
           in
           the
           night
           time
           ,
           and
           became
           a
           Light
           to
           all
           the
           Camp.
           
        
         
         
           Now
           follows
           another
           Offering
           ,
           
             (
             Numb
             .
             7.
             2
             ,
             3.
             )
          
           of
           all
           the
           Princes
           and
           Elders
           of
           the
           Tribes
           ;
           And
           they
           send
           six
           covered
           Chariots
           ,
           and
           twelve
           Oxen
           ;
           two
           Princes
           joyned
           for
           a
           Chariot
           ,
           and
           each
           Prince
           sent
           his
           Ox
           to
           do
           service
           in
           the
           Tabernacle
           .
           Each
           Prince
           offered
           also
           in
           the
           first
           Dedication
           of
           the
           Altar
           a
           Charger
           of
           130.
           
           Shekels
           of
           Silver
           ,
           and
           a
           Bowl
           of
           Silver
           weighing
           30
           Shekels
           ,
           and
           an
           Incense
           Cup
           of
           Gold
           weighing
           10
           Shekels
           ,
           which
           was
           in
           all
           2400.
           
           Shekels
           of
           Silver
           ,
           amounting
           to
           590
           lb.
           
           Sterling
           ,
           and
           120
           Shekels
           of
           Gold
           amounting
           to
           358
           lb.
           Sterling
           :
           together
           948
           lb.
           Sterling
           .
           They
           also
           offered
           60
           young
           Bullocks
           ,
           72
           Rams
           ,
           72
           Lambs
           ,
           and
           72
           He
           Goats
           ,
           for
           Burnt
           Offerings
           ,
           and
           for
           Sin
           Offerings
           ,
           and
           for
           Peace
           Offerings
           .
           Thus
           was
           the
           Altar
           dedicated
           .
        
         
           We
           have
           before
           found
           the
           People
           numbred
           from
           20
           years
           old
           and
           upwards
           ;
           but
           till
           now
           the
           Levites
           are
           not
           numbred
           :
           Therefore
           God
           commanded
           Moses
           to
           number
           them
           from
           a
           moneth
           old
           and
           upwards
           ,
           and
           they
           were
           found
           to
           be
           2.000
           .
           Every
           first
           born
           male
           is
           now
           also
           numbred
           ;
           and
           they
           are
           found
           to
           amount
           to
           22273
           Souls
           :
           which
           with
           the
           Levites
           make
           44273.
           which
           with
           the
           foregoing
           603550
           makes
           647823
           males
           .
           Besides
           Women
           ,
           and
           Maidens
           ,
           and
           Youths
           under
           20
           years
           of
           age
           .
        
         
           On
           the
           20
           day
           of
           the
           second
           moneth
           of
           the
           second
           Year
           the
           Cloud
           was
           taken
           up
           from
           the
           Tabernacle
           .
           Numb
           .
           10.
           11.
           and
           the
           Camp
           removed
           from
           the
           Wilderness
           of
           Sinai
           ,
           and
           rested
           in
           the
           Wilderness
           of
           Paran
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           12.
           )
           in
           such
           order
           as
           you
           may
           read
           in
           Numb
           .
           10.
           14.
           to
           29.
           
           Here
           the
           People
           murmur
           against
           Moses
           :
           wherefore
           the
           fire
           of
           the
           Lord
           burnt
           among
           them
           ,
           and
           consumed
           the
           outmost
           part
           of
           the
           Host
           ;
           and
           
           therefore
           the
           name
           of
           the
           Place
           was
           called
           Taberah
           .
           And
           here
           the
           People
           again
           lusted
           ,
           and
           wept
           for
           the
           Flesh
           ,
           the
           Fish
           ,
           the
           Onnions
           ,
           and
           other
           fare
           of
           Egypt
           ;
           and
           loath
           Mannah
           :
           wherefore
           the
           Lord
           sent
           them
           such
           numbers
           of
           Quailes
           out
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           that
           they
           even
           surfeited
           with
           them
           ;
           and
           so
           kindled
           the
           Lords
           anger
           against
           them
           ,
           that
           he
           sent
           an
           exceeding
           great
           Plague
           amongst
           them
           :
           wherefore
           the
           name
           of
           the
           Place
           was
           called
           
             Kibi
             oth
             .
             Hattaavah
          
           ;
           that
           is
           
             Graves
             of
             Lust.
             Numb
          
           .
           11.
           34.
           
        
         
           From
           hence
           they
           took
           their
           journey
           to
           Hareroth
           (
           at
           Fig.
           13
           )
           here
           Aaron
           and
           Miriam
           for
           speaking
           against
           Moses
           were
           punnished
           ;
           Aaron
           by
           words
           from
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           Miriam
           with
           Leprosie
           ,
           so
           that
           she
           was
           shut
           out
           of
           the
           Host
           seven
           days
           .
           And
           then
           the
           Host
           removed
           thence
           to
           Rithma
           ,
           in
           the
           Wilderness
           of
           Paran
           .
           (
           at
           
             Fig.
             14.
          
           )
           From
           hence
           the
           Lord
           commanded
           Moses
           to
           send
           forth
           12
           men
           to
           search
           the
           Land
           of
           Canaan
           :
           who
           returned
           again
           in
           forty
           days
           ;
           bringing
           with
           them
           a
           Cluster
           of
           Grapes
           on
           a
           Bar
           between
           two
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           Pomgranates
           ,
           and
           Figgs
           ;
           and
           related
           it
           to
           be
           a
           Land
           flowing
           wihh
           Milk
           and
           Honey
           .
           But
           yet
           that
           the
           People
           were
           strong
           ,
           and
           the
           Cittie
           's
           walled
           ,
           and
           that
           there
           were
           Gyants
           among
           them
           :
           which
           so
           discouraged
           the
           Israelites
           ,
           that
           they
           again
           fell
           a
           murmuring
           ,
           wishing
           they
           had
           dyed
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           or
           that
           they
           were
           dead
           in
           the
           Wilderness
           :
           And
           were
           conspring
           to
           chuse
           themselves
           another
           Captain
           to
           lead
           them
           again
           into
           Egypt
           .
           But
           Joshua
           and
           Caleb
           (
           two
           of
           the
           twelve
           that
           were
           sent
           to
           search
           the
           Land
           )
           strove
           to
           appease
           and
           incourage
           the
           People
           :
           For
           which
           the
           multitude
           were
           about
           to
           stone
           them
           :
           which
           so
           provoked
           Gods
           anger
           against
           them
           ,
           that
           he
           threatned
           to
           destroy
           them
           all
           :
           yet
           by
           the
           
           Prayers
           of
           Moses
           the
           Lord
           forgave
           them
           ,
           but
           swore
           that
           none
           of
           them
           that
           had
           seen
           the
           miracles
           he
           did
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           had
           so
           oft
           tempted
           him
           in
           the
           Wilderness
           should
           ever
           enter
           into
           the
           land
           of
           Promise
           ,
           only
           Joshua
           and
           Caleb
           for
           their
           obedience
           should
           :
           but
           all
           the
           rest
           should
           dy
           in
           the
           Wilderness
           ,
           as
           they
           had
           wished
           .
           Wherefore
           the
           People
           were
           sorry
           for
           what
           they
           done
           ,
           and
           as
           in
           dispair
           offered
           to
           go
           up
           to
           the
           place
           the
           Lord
           had
           promised
           them
           .
           But
           Moses
           would
           not
           consent
           to
           it
           ,
           but
           councelled
           them
           to
           the
           contrary
           :
           yet
           they
           presumed
           obstinately
           to
           go
           up
           ,
           though
           Moses
           and
           the
           Ark
           went
           not
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           were
           disco●●●ted
           by
           the
           Amalekites
           ,
           and
           the
           Cana●ni●es
           ;
           and
           persued
           and
           consumed
           even
           unto
           Hormah
           .
        
         
           From
           Rithmah
           the
           Lord
           commanded
           them
           to
           go
           to
           Rimmon-Parez
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           15.
           )
           from
           ●immon-Pare●
           to
           Lithnah
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           16.
           )
           from
           thence
           to
           Rissa
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           17.
           )
           then
           to
           Kehelathah
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           18
           )
           then
           to
           Mount
           Shapher
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           19.
           )
           then
           to
           Haradah
           .
           (
           fig.
           20.
           )
           then
           to
           Makheloth
           ,
           (
           fig
           :
           21
           )
           ●hen
           to
           Tahath
           ,
           (
           fig.
           22.
           )
           then
           to
           Tarah
           ,
           (
           fig.
           23.
           )
           then
           to
           Mithkah
           :
           (
           fig.
           24
           )
           then
           to
           Hashmonah
           ,
           (
           fig.
           25.
           )
           then
           to
           Moseroth
           ,
           (
           fig.
           26.
           )
           then
           to
           Bene-Jaakan
           ,
           (
           fig.
           27.
           )
           then
           to
           Hor-hagidgad
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           28.
           )
           then
           to
           Jotbathah
           ,
           (
           fig.
           29.
           )
           then
           to
           Ehronah
           ,
           (
           fig.
           30.
           )
           then
           to
           Ezion-g●ber
           ,
           (
           fig.
           31.
           )
           on
           the
           Red
           Sea.
           from
           whence
           Salomon
           sent
           his
           Ships
           to
           Ophir
           for
           Gold.
           1
           Kin.
           9.
           26.
           
           While
           they
           were
           in
           these
           last
           recited
           Journeys
           
             Korah
             ,
             Dathan
          
           ,
           and
           Abiram
           conspired
           against
           Moses
           and
           Aaron
           ,
           and
           begat
           a
           rebellion
           in
           the
           People
           :
           for
           which
           the
           Earth
           opened
           and
           swallowed
           them
           up
           alive
           ,
           and
           the
           men
           that
           were
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           all
           their
           families
           ,
           and
           Goods
           ,
           and
           250
           of
           their
           partakers
           ,
           that
           offered
           falfe
           Incense
           were
           consumed
           by
           fire
           that
           came
           out
           
           from
           the
           Lord.
           Where
           at
           on
           the
           morrow
           all
           the
           People
           murmurred
           against
           Moses
           and
           Aaron
           ,
           telling
           them
           that
           they
           had
           killed
           the
           People
           of
           the
           Lord.
           At
           which
           the
           anger
           of
           the
           Lord
           was
           so
           kindled
           that
           he
           sent
           a
           Plague
           among
           them
           that
           destroyed
           :
           14700
           Souls
           .
        
         
           Then
           the
           Lord
           to
           put
           an
           end
           to
           the
           grudgings
           of
           the
           People
           commanded
           Moses
           to
           cause
           all
           the
           Princes
           of
           each
           Tribe
           to
           bring
           every
           one
           his
           Rod
           ,
           and
           write
           thereon
           his
           Name
           ,
           and
           put
           them
           before
           the
           Tabernacle
           of
           the
           Congregation
           ;
           and
           to
           write
           Aarons
           name
           on
           his
           Rod
           ,
           and
           put
           it
           there
           also
           ;
           and
           the
           mans
           Rod
           whom
           the
           Lord
           should
           chuse
           to
           be
           chief
           Priest
           should
           bud
           .
           So
           on
           the
           morrow
           Aarons
           Rod
           was
           budded
           ,
           and
           brought
           forth
           blossoms
           ,
           and
           bare
           ripe
           Almonds
           .
           Numh.
           chap.
           16.
           and
           ch
           17.
           
        
         
           By
           this
           time
           God
           had
           led
           them
           39
           years
           through
           several
           Wildernesses
           ;
           and
           in
           the
           first
           moneth
           they
           removed
           from
           Esiongeber
           into
           the
           Wilderness
           of
           Zin
           to
           Kadesh
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           32.
           )
           Here
           Mariam
           dyed
           ,
           and
           was
           burieed
           .
           And
           here
           the
           People
           again
           murmur
           against
           Moses
           and
           Aaron
           for
           want
           of
           Water
           :
           whereupon
           Moses
           prays
           unto
           the
           Lord
           ,
           who
           directs
           him
           to
           assemble
           the
           Congregation
           ,
           and
           to
           take
           his
           Rod
           ,
           and
           speak
           unto
           the
           Rock
           before
           them
           :
           which
           he
           did
           ,
           but
           smote
           the
           Rock
           twice
           ;
           and
           there
           came
           forth
           Water
           abundantly
           for
           them
           and
           their
           Cattle
           :
           For
           which
           twice
           striking
           upon
           the
           Rock
           ,
           the
           Lord
           reprehends
           Moses
           and
           Aaron
           of
           unbeleef
           ;
           (
           since
           he
           only
           commanded
           them
           to
           speak
           to
           the
           Rock
           )
           ;
           and
           tells
           them
           they
           shall
           not
           bring
           the
           Congregation
           into
           the
           Land
           which
           he
           had
           promised
           them
           .
           This
           was
           the
           Water
           of
           Meriba
           ;
           so
           called
           because
           of
           the
           strife
           between
           the
           People
           and
           the
           Lord.
           Numb
           .
           20.
           13.
           
           From
           
           hence
           Moses
           sent
           messengers
           to
           the
           King
           of
           Edom
           ,
           desiring
           passage
           through
           his
           Countrey
           ;
           but
           he
           denying
           it
           the
           Camp
           journeyed
           to
           Mount
           Hor
           ,
           (
           fig.
           33
           )
           where
           Aaron
           dyed
           in
           the
           tortieth
           year
           after
           the
           children
           of
           Israel
           set
           forth
           out
           of
           the
           land
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           being
           aged
           123
           years
           .
           Numb
           .
           13.
           38
           ,
           39.
           
           While
           they
           were
           at
           Mount
           Hor
           King
           Arad
           a
           Can●anite
           warred
           against
           Israel
           ;
           but
           Israel
           overcame
           them
           and
           destroyed
           their
           Cities
           ,
           From
           Mount
           Hor
           the
           Camp
           removed
           to
           Zalmonah
           (
           at
           fig.
           34.
           )
           towards
           the
           Red
           Sea
           ,
           to
           go
           about
           by
           the
           land
           of
           Edom
           to
           Punon
           ,
           (
           fig.
           35.
           )
           where
           the
           way
           seemed
           very
           grievous
           to
           them
           ;
           so
           that
           they
           again
           fell
           to
           murmuring
           against
           the
           Lord
           and
           Moses
           :
           Wherefore
           the
           Lord
           sent
           fiery
           Serpents
           among
           them
           ,
           which
           stung
           many
           of
           them
           to
           death
           .
           But
           upon
           their
           confession
           of
           their
           sins
           ,
           and
           Moses
           praying
           to
           the
           Lord
           ,
           God
           commanded
           Moses
           to
           make
           a
           fiery
           Serpent
           ,
           and
           to
           set
           it
           up
           for
           those
           to
           look
           on
           that
           were
           bitten
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           live
           .
           Numb
           :
           21.
           5
           ,
           6
           ,
           8
           ,
           1
           ,
           9.
           
           From
           Punon
           they
           came
           to
           Oboth
           ,
           (
           fig.
           36.
           )
           thence
           to
           Jie-abarim
           ,
           (
           fig.
           37.
           )
           on
           the
           borders
           of
           Moab
           .
           Thence
           they
           came
           and
           pitched
           on
           the
           River
           Zared
           ,
           (
           fig.
           38.
           )
           thence
           to
           Dibon-gad
           ,
           (
           fig.
           39.
           )
           then
           to
           Almon-blath
           ,
           (
           fig.
           40.
           )
           from
           thence
           they
           passed
           by
           the
           Well
           Beer
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           Mattanah
           ,
           (
           fig.
           41.
           )
           then
           to
           Nahaliel
           ,
           (
           fig.
           42.
           )
           then
           to
           Batmoth
           ,
           (
           fig.
           43.
           )
           in
           the
           Plain
           of
           Moab
           ,
           even
           to
           the
           top
           of
           Pisgah
           ,
           (
           at
           this
           *
           figure
           in
           the
           Mapp
           )
           From
           hence
           Israel
           sent
           messengers
           to
           Sihon
           ,
           King
           of
           the
           Amorites
           ,
           desiring
           his
           leave
           to
           pass
           through
           his
           Countrey
           :
           but
           instead
           of
           giving
           leave
           he
           raised
           an
           Army
           and
           fought
           against
           Israel
           .
           But
           Israel
           overcame
           him
           and
           took
           his
           Countrey
           from
           him
           ,
           and
           possessed
           it
           ,
           and
           put
           all
           his
           People
           to
           the
           sword
           .
           In
           this
           encamping
           the
           Israelites
           commit
           
           fornication
           with
           the
           Women
           of
           Moab
           ,
           and
           Idolatry
           with
           Baal-Peor
           :
           which
           so
           kindled
           the
           anger
           of
           God
           against
           them
           ,
           that
           he
           sent
           a
           Plague
           among
           them
           which
           destroyed
           24000
           Souls
           .
        
         
           After
           which
           God
           commanded
           Moses
           again
           to
           number
           the
           People
           ,
           and
           he
           found
           the
           number
           of
           males
           of
           20
           years
           old
           and
           upwards
           to
           be
           601630.
           besides
           the
           Levites
           ,
           who
           were
           numbred
           to
           be
           23000.
           males
           ,
           from
           a
           moneth
           old
           and
           upwards
           .
           Numb
           .
           26.
           
        
         
           But
           the
           Lord
           commanded
           Moses
           to
           revenge
           himself
           on
           the
           Midianites
           :
           so
           he
           selected
           1000
           out
           of
           every
           Tribe
           ,
           and
           sent
           them
           against
           the
           Kings
           of
           Midian
           ,
           and
           slew
           them
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           males
           ,
           and
           took
           their
           Women
           ,
           and
           their
           Cattle
           ,
           and
           all
           they
           had
           ,
           and
           fired
           their
           Citties
           and
           Villages
           .
        
         
           He
           sent
           forth
           also
           and
           took
           Og
           King
           of
           Boshan
           ,
           and
           his
           Countrie
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Lands
           about
           Jordan
           ,
           on
           this
           side
           .
        
         
           Here
           Moses
           received
           command
           of
           the
           Lord
           to
           go
           up
           into
           the
           top
           of
           this
           Mount
           Pisgah
           ,
           and
           take
           a
           view
           of
           the
           land
           of
           Promise
           ;
           for
           that
           in
           regard
           of
           his
           disobedience
           to
           the
           Lord
           at
           the
           Waters
           of
           Meribah
           ,
           he
           should
           not
           enter
           thereinto
           :
           but
           Joshuab
           should
           ledd
           the
           People
           over
           .
           And
           here
           Moses
           dyed
           when
           he
           was
           120
           years
           old
           ,
           and
           was
           buryed
           in
           a
           Valley
           in
           the
           land
           of
           Moab
           over
           against
           
             Beth.
             peor
          
           :
           but
           his
           Sepulcher
           is
           concealed
           .
           Deut.
           34.
           6.
           
        
         
           After
           Israel
           had
           mourned
           ,
           30
           daies
           for
           Moses
           ,
           God
           commanded
           Joshuah
           to
           pass
           over
           Jordan
           ,
           and
           take
           possession
           of
           the
           Promised
           Land.
           Therefore
           Joshuah
           sent
           out
           two
           men
           to
           Jericho
           to
           spy
           the
           Land
           ,
           who
           returning
           brought
           tydings
           how
           much
           discouraged
           
           the
           Inhabitants
           were
           because
           of
           them
           .
           Whereupon
           the
           Camp
           removed
           to
           Shittim
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           Joraan
           ,
           and
           lodged
           there
           before
           they
           went
           over
           .
           Three
           daies
           after
           ,
           the
           Officers
           went
           through
           the
           Camp
           ,
           commanding
           the
           People
           to
           be
           in
           readiness
           against
           the
           Ark
           removed
           to
           pass
           over
           Jordan
           ;
           And
           so
           soon
           as
           the
           feet
           of
           the
           Priests
           that
           bare
           the
           Ark
           touched
           the
           brinks
           of
           the
           Water
           the
           Water
           parted
           ,
           but
           the
           Priests
           with
           the
           Ark
           went
           into
           the
           middle
           of
           Jordan
           ,
           and
           there
           stood
           till
           all
           the
           children
           of
           Israel
           went
           over
           on
           dry
           Land.
           And
           for
           a
           perpetual
           memorial
           of
           this
           miracle
           ,
           God
           commanded
           Joshuah
           to
           cause
           one
           man
           out
           of
           every
           Tribe
           to
           take
           a
           Stone
           out
           of
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           River
           where
           the
           Priests
           feet
           stood
           ,
           and
           leave
           it
           at
           the
           place
           where
           they
           should
           encamp
           that
           night
           ,
           which
           was
           at
           Gilgal
           towards
           
             Jericho
             .
             Joshuah
          
           commanded
           them
           also
           to
           pitch
           twelve
           Stones
           in
           the
           middle
           of
           Jordan
           ,
           where
           the
           Priests
           feet
           stood
           ,
           to
           remain
           there
           for
           a
           memorial
           for
           ever
           .
        
         
           The
           Lord
           of
           Hosts
           having
           thus
           brought
           the
           children
           of
           Israel
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           through
           the
           Red
           Sea
           ,
           and
           led
           them
           40
           years
           together
           through
           several
           Wildernesses
           ,
           and
           now
           set
           them
           on
           the
           other
           side
           of
           Jordan
           ,
           we
           shall
           leave
           them
           there
           ,
           and
           refer
           our
           Reader
           to
           the
           holy
           Bible
           for
           an
           Historical
           Relation
           of
           their
           several
           exploits
           in
           the
           Wars
           with
           the
           Nations
           that
           possessed
           the
           Land
           ;
           how
           they
           overcame
           them
           all
           ,
           conquered
           their
           strong
           Citties
           ,
           possessed
           themselves
           of
           the
           whole
           land
           ,
           and
           rooted
           out
           all
           their
           enemies
           .
        
         
           How
           this
           land
           was
           afterwards
           devided
           among
           the
           twelve
           Tribes
           of
           Israel
           by
           Joshuah
           is
           marked
           in
           this
           Mapp
           with
           single
           pricks
           ;
           and
           the
           Capital
           name
           that
           is
           writ
           
           within
           them
           is
           the
           name
           of
           the
           Tribe
           that
           possessed
           so
           much
           of
           the
           land
           as
           is
           encompassed
           with
           those
           pricks
           .
           The
           Citties
           of
           Refuge
           appointed
           Josh.
           20.
           7
           ,
           8
           are
           marked
           with
           a
           cross
           upon
           the
           Tower
           ,
           as
           you
           may
           see
           in
           the
           Mapp
           it self
           ,
           on
           your
           left
           hand
           just
           over
           the
           picture
           of
           both
           sides
           the
           Shekel
           .
        
      
       
         
           A
           Discourse
           upon
           the
           Geographical
           Description
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           CANAAN
           ,
           Possest
           by
           the
           Israelites
           ,
           and
           travelled
           through
           by
           our
           Saviour
           Jesus
           Christ
           ,
           and
           his
           Apostles
           .
        
         
           THe
           fullness
           of
           Time
           being
           come
           wherein
           God
           according
           to
           his
           eternal
           decree
           had
           ordained
           to
           send
           his
           Son
           into
           the
           World
           in
           humane
           shape
           and
           nature
           for
           the
           redemption
           of
           mankind
           ;
           the
           Angel
           Gabriel
           came
           and
           saluted
           Mary
           (
           a
           Virgin
           at
           Nazereth
           )
           (
           at
           fig.
           1.
           it
           the
           Mapp
           )
           with
           a
           message
           from
           the
           Lord
           Luk
           1.
           28.
           telling
           her
           that
           the
           Holy
           Ghost
           should
           come
           upon
           her
           ,
           and
           the
           power
           of
           the
           most
           High
           should
           overshadow
           her
           ,
           and
           she
           should
           bring
           forth
           a
           child
           ,
           and
           call
           his
           name
           JESUS
           :
           which
           accordingly
           came
           to
           pass
           when
           
             Augustus
             Caesar
          
           was
           Emperour
           of
           all
           the
           World
           ,
           and
           Herod
           the
           Terrarch
           was
           King
           of
           Jewry
           ,
           and
           Cyrenius
           Governour
           of
           Syria
           ,
           which
           was
           in
           the
           year
           of
           the
           World
           (
           according
           to
           Mr
           
             John
             Butler
          
           in
           
           his
           Christologia
           )
           4000.
           then
           came
           Mary
           with
           her
           betrothed
           Husband
           Joseph
           to
           Bethlehem
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           2.
           )
           a
           Citty
           of
           David
           (
           for
           they
           were
           both
           of
           the
           Lineage
           of
           David
           )
           to
           be
           Taxed
           according
           to
           the
           Decree
           of
           Caesar.
           And
           because
           there
           was
           no
           room
           in
           the
           Inn
           ,
           they
           were
           fain
           to
           make
           shift
           with
           a
           Stable
           ,
           where
           she
           fell
           in
           Labour
           ,
           and
           brought
           forth
           her
           first
           born
           Son
           ,
           wrapped
           him
           in
           swadling
           cloaths
           ,
           and
           laid
           him
           in
           a
           Manger
           .
           The
           Angels
           soon
           carryed
           this
           joyfull
           news
           to
           Shepherds
           that
           were
           then
           keeping
           their
           Sheep
           ,
           and
           gave
           them
           signes
           how
           they
           should
           find
           the
           Child
           ;
           who
           straight
           way
           left
           their
           flock
           ,
           came
           to
           Bethlehem
           ,
           and
           found
           him
           out
           ,
           and
           publisht
           abroad
           the
           tydings
           that
           was
           brought
           them
           of
           the
           Angels
           .
           Luk.
           2.
           
        
         
           This
           Child
           was
           circumcised
           at
           eight
           daies
           old
           ,
           and
           his
           name
           called
           JESUS
           .
           And
           when
           he
           was
           33
           daies
           old
           he
           was
           brought
           to
           the
           Temple
           at
           Jerusalem
           ,
           (
           at
           fig.
           3.
           )
           by
           his
           Parents
           ,
           and
           presented
           to
           the
           Lord
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           custom
           of
           the
           Jews
           ;
           whither
           also
           (
           being
           directed
           by
           the
           Spirit
           )
           came
           Simeon
           a
           just
           man
           ,
           and
           one
           that
           feared
           God
           ;
           who
           took
           the
           child
           Jesus
           in
           his
           arms
           ,
           and
           praised
           God
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           Whi●e
           they
           were
           yet
           in
           Bethlehem
           came
           wise
           men
           (
           having
           seen
           his
           Star
           )
           out
           of
           the
           East
           to
           worship
           him
           .
           And
           the
           fame
           hereof
           coming
           to
           Herods
           ears
           ,
           caused
           him
           to
           assemble
           all
           the
           chief
           Priests
           and
           Scribes
           ,
           to
           learn
           of
           them
           the
           place
           of
           his
           birth
           :
           who
           informed
           him
           it
           was
           to
           be
           in
           Bethlehem
           .
           Wherefore
           he
           commanded
           the
           wise
           men
           to
           seek
           the
           Child
           with
           all
           diligence
           ,
           and
           bring
           him
           word
           that
           he
           might
           come
           and
           worship
           .
           When
           these
           wise
           men
           departed
           from
           the
           King
           the
           Star
           went
           before
           them
           till
           it
           came
           and
           stood
           over
           the
           place
           where
           the
           Child
           was
           :
           who
           when
           they
           had
           found
           ,
           they
           worshipped
           ,
           
           and
           presented
           with
           Gold
           ,
           Incense
           ,
           and
           Myrhe
           .
           But
           they
           were
           warned
           in
           a
           dream
           not
           to
           return
           to
           Herod
           ,
           but
           to
           return
           to
           their
           own
           Countrey
           some
           other
           way
           .
           Also
           Joseph
           was
           warned
           in
           a
           dream
           that
           he
           should
           take
           Mary
           and
           the
           Child
           ,
           and
           fly
           into
           
             Egypt
             .
             Herod
          
           seeing
           himself
           mocked
           by
           the
           wise
           men
           ,
           gave
           strickt
           command
           to
           kill
           all
           the
           male
           children
           of
           two
           years
           old
           and
           under
           in
           Bethlehem
           ,
           and
           the
           coasts
           about
           it
           ;
           that
           the
           Prophesie
           might
           be
           ful●illed
           .
           Jer.
           31.
           15.
           
        
         
           Herod
           being
           dead
           Joseph
           was
           warned
           of
           God
           in
           ●eam
           to
           return
           again
           with
           the
           child
           :
           but
           hearing
           that
           Archelaus
           his
           son
           reigned
           in
           fudea
           ,
           he
           was
           afraid
           ;
           yet
           turned
           aside
           into
           Galilee
           ,
           to
           the
           Citty
           
             Nazareth
             .
             Mat.
          
           2.
           23.
           
        
         
           Jesus
           being
           twelve
           years
           old
           came
           upto
           Jerusalem
           with
           his
           Parents
           to
           the
           Feast
           of
           the
           Passeover
           ;
           and
           when
           the
           dayes
           were
           accomplisht
           his
           Parents
           went
           home
           ,
           thinking
           he
           had
           been
           in
           the
           company
           :
           but
           he
           staid
           behind
           disputing
           with
           the
           Doctors
           in
           the
           Temple
           ;
           yet
           when
           they
           came
           back
           to
           seek
           him
           he
           went
           home
           with
           them
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           15
           year
           of
           the
           Emperour
           Tiberius
           when
           
             Pontius
             Pilate
          
           was
           President
           of
           
             Judea
             ,
             Jesus
          
           came
           from
           Nazareth
           to
           Jordan
           ,
           not
           far
           from
           the
           Dead
           Sea
           ,
           viz.
           to
           Bethabane
           ,
           where
           he
           was
           baptized
           of
           John
           the
           Baptist
           ;
           at
           which
           time
           the
           Holy
           Ghost
           descended
           upon
           him
           like
           a
           Dove
           ;
           and
           a
           voice
           was
           heard
           saying
           ,
           
             This
             is
             my
             beloved
             Son
             in
             whom
             I
             am
             well
             pleased
             .
             Mat.
          
           3.
           17.
           
        
         
           From
           hence
           Jesus
           was
           led
           aside
           into
           the
           Wilderness
           ;
           where
           he
           fasted
           40
           dies
           and
           40
           nights
           ,
           and
           was
           tempted
           of
           the
           Devil
           :
           but
           the
           resisted
           ,
           and
           the
           Devil
           left
           him
           .
        
         
           Then
           Jesus
           went
           again
           into
           Galilee
           ;
           whither
           followed
           him
           
             Andrew
             ,
             Peter
          
           ,
           and
           
           Philip
           ,
           and
           dwelt
           at
           
             Nazareth
             .
             Luk.
          
           4.
           16.
           where
           he
           taught
           in
           the
           Synagogue
           .
           Coming
           from
           thence
           he
           went
           to
           Cana
           ,
           where
           at
           a
           marriage
           he
           turned
           water
           into
           wine
           ,
           Joh.
           2.
           
        
         
           From
           thence
           he
           went
           to
           Capernaum
           with
           his
           ●other
           ,
           his
           Brother
           ,
           and
           Disciples
           :
           yet
           staid
           not
           long
           there
           ,
           but
           went
           to
           Jerusalem
           ,
           because
           the
           Feast
           of
           Passeover
           was
           nigh
           .
        
         
           
             The
             first
             year
             of
             his
             Ministery
             .
             A
             o.
             30.
             
          
           
             Jesus
             coming
             to
             Jerusalem
             to
             the
             Passeover
             shews
             his
             Divine
             authority
             in
             whipping
             the
             Buyers
             and
             Sellers
             out
             of
             the
             Temple
             ,
             and
             overthrowing
             their
             Tables
             .
             
               Joh.
               2·
            
             15.
             
             By
             these
             and
             other
             signes
             many
             believe
             in
             him
             .
             Niced●mus
             a
             Ruler
             of
             the
             Jews
             came
             by
             night
             to
             him
             ,
             to
             be
             instructed
             of
             him
             .
             Joh.
             3.
             1.
             
             From
             hence
             Jesus
             went
             into
             the
             land
             of
             Judea
             ,
             and
             tarryed
             there
             same
             time
             .
             But
             John
             was
             baptizing
             at
             Enon
             ,
             by
             Salim
             ,
             and
             was
             shortly
             after
             imprisoned
             ;
             which
             when
             Jesus
             heard
             he
             returned
             again
             into
             Galilee
             ,
             through
             Samaria
             ;
             and
             came
             to
             a
             Citty
             called
             
               Sychar
               ▪
            
             neer
             Jacobs
             Well
             ;
             where
             (
             sitting
             to
             rest
             himself
             ,
             there
             came
             a
             woman
             of
             Samaria
             (
             while
             his
             Disciples
             were
             gon
             into
             the
             Citty
             to
             buy
             meat
             )
             to
             fetch
             water
             ;
             with
             whom
             Jesus
             discoursing
             ,
             and
             telling
             her
             of
             her
             own
             affairs
             ,
             she
             takes
             him
             for
             a
             Prophet
             ,
             and
             runs
             into
             the
             Citty
             ,
             telling
             the
             Cittizens
             what
             she
             had
             heard
             and
             seen
             :
             whereupon
             they
             come
             out
             to
             him
             ;
             and
             hearing
             of
             his
             words
             many
             of
             them
             beleeve
             in
             him
             .
             Joh.
             4.
             5.
             
             &c.
             
          
           
             Having
             tarryed
             there
             two
             dayes
             ,
             he
             goes
             into
             Galilee
             ,
             where
             the
             Galileans
             that
             had
             seen
             what
             he
             did
             at
             Jerusalem
             received
             him
             joyfully
             .
             v.
             45.
             
             Coming
             to
             Cana
             in
             Galilee
             there
             came
             to
             him
             a
             Ruler
             whose
             Son
             was
             sick
             of
             a
             Feaver
             ,
             at
             Capernaum
             ,
             beseeching
             
             him
             to
             go
             down
             and
             heal
             his
             Son
             before
             he
             dyed
             .
             But
             
               Jesus
               said
               ,
               Go
               thy
               way
               :
               thy
               Son
               liveth
               .
               And
               from
               that
               hour
               the
               Feaver●
               〈◊〉
               him
               .
               v.
            
             52.
             
             Coming
             to
             Nazareth
             ,
             and
             reading
             the
             Prophet
             Isaiah
             ,
             and
             preaching
             thereupon
             ;
             the
             People
             were
             incensed
             at
             his
             doctrine
             ,
             and
             thrust
             him
             out
             of
             the
             Citty
             ,
             and
             died
             him
             to
             the
             top
             of
             the
             hill
             whereon
             the
             Citty
             was
             built
             ,
             to
             cast
             him
             down
             headlong
             .
             But
             he
             passed
             through
             the
             midst
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             went
             his
             way
             ,
             and
             came
             and
             dwelt
             at
             Capernaum
             .
          
           
             Jesus
             walking
             by
             the
             Sea
             of
             Galilee
             called
             to
             him
             
               Peter
               ,
               Andrew
               ,
               James
            
             ,
             and
             John
             ,
             who
             straight
             way
             left
             their
             Nets
             ,
             and
             fo●lowed
             him
             .
             Mat.
             4.
             18.
             
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
             The
             second
             year
             of
             Christs
             Ministery
             .
             A
             o.
             31.
             
          
           
             Jesus
             travelling
             through
             all
             Galilee
             preaches
             in
             their
             Synagogues
             ,
             and
             heals
             all
             sicknesses
             and
             diseases
             .
             Mat.
             4.
             23.
             so
             that
             his
             fame
             spreads
             over
             all
             Syria
             ,
             and
             great
             multitudes
             follow
             him
             out
             of
             
               Galilee
               ,
               Decapolis
               ,
               Jerusalem
               ,
               Judea
               ,
            
             and
             from
             beyond
             
               Jordan
               .
               v.
            
             25.
             
             Among
             others
             he
             cured
             Peters
             Wives
             Mother
             of
             a
             Feaver
             .
             
               Mar.
               1.
               30.
               31
               ,
               Luc.
               4.
            
             38
             ,
             39.
             
             Coming
             to
             the
             Lake
             of
             Genesereth
             the
             People
             so
             prest
             upon
             him
             ,
             that
             he
             entred
             into
             Simons
             ship
             that
             lay
             by
             the
             shoat
             ,
             and
             required
             him
             to
             thrust
             off
             ;
             and
             he
             preached
             to
             them
             out
             of
             the
             ship
             .
             Luc.
             5.
             3.
             
             And
             when
             his
             Sermon
             was
             ended
             ,
             he
             bad
             Simon
             lanch
             out
             into
             the
             deep
             ,
             and
             cast
             his
             Net.
             But
             Simon
             told
             him
             they
             had
             wrought
             all
             night
             and
             caught
             nothing
             ,
             yet
             because
             he
             had
             them
             they
             would
             ;
             which
             when
             they
             did
             ,
             they
             had
             so
             great
             a
             draught
             that
             their
             Nets
             brake
             ,
             and
             they
             were
             fain
             to
             call
             their
             Companions
             to
             help
             draw
             them
             in
             .
             Luc.
             5.
             1.
             
             &c.
             And
             because
             his
             fame
             
             spread
             more
             and
             more
             so
             many
             followed
             him
             that
             he
             could
             not
             enter
             into
             Capernaum
             ,
             but
             kept
             without
             in
             desart
             places
             .
             
               Mar.
               1.
               45.
               
               Luc.
            
             5.
             16.
             
             Some
             daies
             after
             Jesus
             came
             again
             into
             Capernaum
             ,
             and
             entered
             into
             a
             house
             ,
             whither
             came
             many
             Pharisees
             and
             Doctours
             of
             the
             Law
             to
             hear
             him
             :
             and
             as
             he
             was
             teaching
             there
             was
             a
             Man
             brought
             to
             him
             ,
             lying
             in
             his
             bed
             ,
             taken
             with
             a
             Palsey
             :
             and
             in
             regard
             they
             could
             not
             get
             neer
             him
             ,
             because
             the
             press
             was
             so
             great
             ,
             they
             carryed
             him
             up
             to
             the
             house
             top
             ;
             and
             let
             him
             down
             through
             the
             Tileings
             ,
             Bed
             and
             all
             ;
             which
             he
             immediately
             cured
             :
             and
             the
             Man
             took
             up
             his
             Bed
             and
             walked
             .
             Luk.
             5.
             25.
             
             Going
             from
             thence
             towards
             the
             Sea
             ,
             he
             saw
             the
             Publican
             Levi
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             Mathew
             :
             And
             he
             said
             to
             him
             
               Follow
               me
            
             .
             Who
             left
             all
             and
             followed
             him·
             v.
             28.
             
             Afterwards
             Jesus
             went
             on
             a
             Sabbath
             day
             through
             the
             fields
             of
             Corn
             ,
             and
             his
             Disciples
             plucked
             the
             Ears
             of
             Corn
             and
             rubbed
             them
             between
             their
             hansd
             and
             eat
             them
             :
             which
             the
             Pharisees
             were
             offended
             at
             .
             Luk.
             6.
             1.
             
             Afterwards
             he
             went
             into
             the
             Synagogue
             on
             another
             Sabbath
             day
             ,
             and
             healed
             a
             Man
             with
             a
             withered
             hand
             ;
             which
             so
             madded
             the
             Pharisees
             that
             they
             consulted
             with
             the
             Herodians
             to
             destroy
             him
             :
             but
             he
             avoided
             them
             Mar.
             3.
             5
             ,
             6.
             
          
           
             Coming
             neer
             the
             Sea
             ,
             he
             went
             upon
             a
             Mountain
             to
             pray
             ,
             and
             staid
             there
             all
             night
             .
             The
             next
             morning
             he
             called
             his
             Disciples
             ,
             and
             from
             among
             them
             he
             chose
             twelve
             ,
             which
             he
             called
             Apostles
             .
             Luk.
             6.
             12
             ,
             13.
             
             Going
             again
             into
             Capernaum
             he
             healed
             the
             Centurious
             servant
             ,
             marvelling
             at
             his
             faith
             ,
             Luk.
             7.
             1
             ,
             to
             11.
             
             From
             thence
             Jesus
             goes
             to
             a
             City
             called
             Naim
             ,
             (
             fig
             ,
             11.
             where
             a
             Widdows
             son
             being
             dead
             was
             carryed
             out
             to
             be
             buryed
             ,
             and
             which
             Jesus
             (
             in
             compassion
             to
             his
             Mother
             )
             raised
             again
             from
             the
             dead
             ,
             and
             delivered
             her
             her
             Son
             alive
             .
             Luk
             ,
             7
             ,
             11
             ,
             to
             16.
             
          
           
           
             Afterwards
             he
             travelled
             through
             every
             City
             and
             Town
             in
             Galilee
             ,
             and
             Samaria
             ,
             preaching
             the
             Gospel
             ;
             where
             certain
             Women
             that
             he
             had
             healed
             of
             their
             infirmities
             ministred
             to
             him
             .
             Luk.
             8.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
          
           
             Coming
             to
             Jerusalem
             to
             a
             Feast
             of
             the
             Jews
             ,
             he
             found
             at
             the
             Pool
             of
             Bethesda
             a
             Man
             who
             had
             been
             diseased
             38
             years
             ,
             whom
             he
             made
             whole
             on
             a
             Sabbath
             day
             .
             
               Ioh.
               5.
            
             8.
             
             From
             thence
             he
             returned
             to
             Capernaum
             again
             ,
             took
             ship
             ,
             and
             stilled
             a
             storm
             at
             Sea
             ;
             then
             landed
             in
             the
             Region
             of
             the
             Gadarenes
             about
             Gerasa
             ,
             (
             fig.
             12.
             )
             Luk.
             8.
             26.
             where
             he
             met
             a
             Man
             possessed
             with
             legions
             of
             Devils
             ,
             whom
             he
             dispossed
             ,
             giving
             them
             leave
             to
             go
             into
             an
             herd
             of
             Swine
             ,
             who
             immediately
             thereupon
             ran
             headlong
             into
             the
             Sea
             :
             hereat
             the
             Inhabitants
             came
             and
             besought
             him
             to
             depart
             out
             of
             their
             Coasts
             .
             
               v.
               37.
            
             
             Thence
             he
             returned
             again
             to
             Capernaum
             ,
             where
             Jairus
             a
             Ruler
             of
             the
             Synagogue
             intreated
             him
             to
             come
             into
             his
             house
             ,
             because
             his
             daughter
             lay
             dying
             .
             v.
             41.
             
             And
             as
             he
             was
             going
             with
             him
             ,
             a
             Woman
             touched
             the
             hem
             of
             his
             garment
             ,
             and
             was
             immediately
             healed
             of
             an
             issue
             of
             blood
             which
             she
             had
             had
             12
             years
             .
             v
             :
             43.
             
             In
             the
             mean
             while
             the
             Maiden
             dyed
             ,
             but
             was
             raised
             again
             from
             the
             dead
             .
             
               v.
               55.
               
               Iesus
            
             going
             from
             thence
             ,
             gives
             sight
             to
             two
             blind
             men
             .
             Mat.
             9.
             27
             ,
             to
             31.
             and
             speech
             to
             a
             dumb
             Man
             possessed
             with
             a
             Devil
             v.
             32.
             33.
             
          
           
             Jesus
             goes
             through
             all
             Cities
             in
             Galilee
             towards
             
               Ierusalem
               ,
               Luk.
            
             13.
             22.
             where
             he
             preaches
             :
             is
             forewarned
             of
             the
             Pharisees
             that
             unless
             he
             depart
             Herod
             will
             kill
             him
             v.
             31.
             
          
           
             Iesus
             calls
             his
             twelve
             Disciples
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             sends
             them
             forth
             to
             preach
             ;
             giving
             them
             power
             to
             cast
             out
             unclean
             Spirits
             ,
             and
             to
             heal
             all
             diseases
             .
             Mat.
             10.
             1.
             who
             at
             
             their
             return
             to
             him
             again
             give
             him
             an
             account
             of
             their
             Ministery
             .
             Luk.
             9
             ,
             10.
             
             Then
             he
             takes
             them
             aside
             into
             a
             solit●ry
             place
             neer
             Bethsoida
             ,
             where
             he
             feeds
             5000
             Men
             with
             sive
             barly
             loaves
             and
             two
             ●ishes
             .
             
               v.
               17.
               
               Ioh.
               6
               ▪
            
             5
             ,
             to
             14.
             
             But
             perceiving
             that
             the
             People
             would
             make
             him
             King
             ,
             he
             withdrew
             himself
             to
             a
             Mountain
             alone
             .
             Ioh.
             6.
             15.
             and
             his
             Disciples
             missing
             him
             ,
             they
             about
             evening
             took
             shipping
             to
             go
             over
             to
             Capernaum
             ,
             whither
             Iesus
             followed
             them
             ,
             walking
             upon
             the
             Water
             ;
             whom
             when
             they
             saw
             they
             were
             afrighted
             :
             But
             he
             spake
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             came
             into
             the
             Ship
             ;
             and
             they
             presently
             arrived
             at
             their
             Port.
             v
             ,
             21.
             
          
        
         
           
             The
             third
             year
             of
             Christs
             Ministery
             .
             A
             o.
             32.
             
          
           
             Iesus
             removes
             from
             Capernaum
             to
             Ierusalem
             ,
             and
             after
             the
             Feast
             of
             Pass
             .
             returns
             again
             ,
             travels
             through
             Galilee
             ,
             but
             shuns
             Iudea
             ,
             because
             the
             Jews
             sought
             to
             ki●l
             him
             .
             And
             being
             come
             home
             again
             ,
             journeys
             towards
             Tyre
             ,
             (
             fig.
             14
             )
             and
             Sydon
             ,
             (
             fig.
             15.
             )
             on
             the
             coasts
             of
             the
             Great
             Sea
             ,
             where
             he
             cast
             a
             Devil
             out
             of
             the
             Canaanitish
             Womans
             Daughter
             ,
             Mat.
             15.
             18.
             
             And
             departing
             from
             thence
             he
             went
             to
             the
             Sea
             of
             Galilee
             through
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             coasts
             of
             
               Decapolis
               .
               Mar.
            
             7.
             31.
             where
             he
             healed
             one
             deaf
             and
             dumb
             .
             v.
             35.
             
             And
             in
             the
             Wilderness
             (
             fig.
             16.
             )
             he
             fed
             4000.
             
             Men
             besides
             Women
             and
             Children
             with
             7
             loaves
             and
             a
             few
             smal
             Fishes
             .
             
               Mat.
               15.
               38
               
               Mar.
            
             8.
             8
             ,
             9.
             
             Then
             he
             took
             Ship
             and
             came
             into
             the
             Coasts
             of
             Magdala
             ,
             in
             the
             parts
             of
             Dalmanutha
             ,
             (
             fig.
             17.
             )
             where
             the
             Pharisees
             desired
             of
             him
             a
             signe
             from
             Heaven
             .
             v.
             11.
             which
             he
             being
             troubled
             at
             ,
             left
             them
             ,
             and
             again
             took
             ship
             and
             came
             to
             
               Bethsaida
               ,
               v.
            
             22.
             where
             he
             restored
             a
             
             blind
             Man
             to
             his
             sight
             ,
             v.
             25.
             
             Hence
             he
             and
             his
             Disciples
             go
             
               Casarea
               Philippi
            
             ,
             (
             fig.
             18.
             )
             where
             under
             way
             Peter
             confessed
             him
             to
             be
             the
             Christ
             
               Mat
               16.
               16.
               
               Mar.
            
             8.
             29.
             
             Six
             daies
             after
             Iesus
             took
             
               Peter
               ,
               Iames
            
             ,
             and
             Iohn
             ,
             and
             went
             up
             to
             the
             Holy
             Mount
             2
             
               Pet.
               1
               18.
            
             (
             fig.
             19
             )
             where
             he
             was
             transfigured
             ,
             and
             where
             appeared
             Moses
             and
             Elias
             talking
             with
             him
             ;
             and
             here
             it
             was
             that
             a
             voice
             came
             from
             Heaven
             ,
             declaring
             him
             to
             be
             the
             Son
             of
             God.
             Mat.
             17.
             5.
             
             Coming
             again
             to
             the
             multitude
             he
             cast
             a
             Devil
             out
             of
             a
             Child
             .
             Mat.
             17.
             18.
             
             Hence
             he
             goes
             to
             Capernaum
             ,
             where
             the
             Toll
             gatherers
             demand
             Tribute
             of
             him
             ;
             wherefore
             he
             sent
             Peter
             with
             his
             Angle
             to
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             told
             him
             that
             in
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             first
             fish
             that
             sh●uld
             come
             up
             he
             should
             find
             a
             twenty
             pence
             peece
             ,
             which
             he
             bad
             him
             give
             for
             them
             both
             .
             Mat.
             17.
             24.
             to
             27.
             
             Afterwards
             he
             travels
             through
             Galilee
             and
             Samaria
             towards
             
               Ierusalem
               .
               Luk.
            
             9.
             51.
             
          
        
         
           
             The
             fourth
             Year
             of
             Christs
             Ministery
             .
             A
             o.
             33.
             
          
           
             Iesus
             sends
             forth
             seventy
             Disciples
             by
             two
             and
             two
             to
             preach
             the
             Gospel
             ,
             and
             heal
             the
             sick
             ,
             &c.
             
             Luk.
             10.
             1.
             
             Against
             the
             Feast
             of
             Passeover
             he
             departs
             out
             of
             Galilee
             into
             Iudea
             ,
             and
             dwells
             in
             Bethania
             ,
             (
             fig.
             20.
             )
             in
             the
             house
             of
             
               Martha
               ,
               v.
            
             38.
             
             Thence
             he
             went
             to
             Ierusalem
             to
             the
             Feast
             ,
             where
             the
             Jewes
             marvelled
             at
             his
             Doctrine
             ,
             Ioh.
             7
             ,
             15.
             
             Towards
             the
             Evenings
             he
             used
             to
             go
             to
             Mount
             Olives
             ,
             (
             fig.
             21.
             )
             and
             stay
             there
             all
             night
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             Mornings
             came
             again
             into
             the
             City
             ,
             and
             preached
             in
             the
             Temple
             .
          
           
             The
             Scribes
             and
             Pharisees
             (
             to
             tempr
             .
             Iesus
             )
             brought
             a
             Woman
             to
             him
             taken
             in
             adultery
             ,
             who
             by
             the
             Law
             of
             Moses
             should
             dy
             :
             And
             he
             bad
             them
             that
             were
             without
             sin
             to
             
             cast
             the
             first
             Stone
             at
             her
             ;
             wherefore
             they
             all
             departed
             ,
             and
             left
             her
             there
             without
             an
             accuser
             .
             Ioh.
             8.
             3.
             to
             12.
             
          
           
             Then
             he
             went
             through
             all
             Cities
             and
             Towns
             thereabouts
             ,
             teaching
             the
             People
             .
             And
             comes
             in
             the
             Winter
             time
             again
             to
             Ierusalem
             ,
             and
             walked
             in
             the
             Temple
             ,
             in
             Salomons
             Porch
             ,
             where
             many
             of
             the
             Jews
             encompass
             him
             ,
             and
             would
             know
             positively
             if
             he
             were
             the
             Christ
             or
             No.
             But
             for
             his
             answers
             they
             went
             about
             to
             stone
             him
             ,
             and
             would
             have
             laid
             hands
             upon
             him
             ;
             yet
             he
             escaped
             them
             .
             Ioh.
             10.
             22
             ,
             to
             40.
             and
             goes
             over
             Jordan
             to
             the
             place
             where
             he
             was
             baptized
             of
             Iohn
             ,
             and
             abode
             there
             .
             v.
             40.
             
             Afterwards
             he
             travelled
             through
             Galilee
             and
             Samaria
             ,
             teaching
             the
             People
             every
             where
             .
             And
             in
             his
             way
             to
             Ierusalem
             he
             met
             ten
             leprous
             men
             ,
             whom
             he
             healed
             .
             Luk.
             12.
             to
             20.
             
             Coming
             neer
             Iericho
             (
             fig.
             22.
             )
             he
             gave
             sight
             to
             a
             blind
             Beggar
             man
             ,
             Luk.
             35.
             &c.
             
             And
             when
             he
             was
             entered
             into
             the
             City
             of
             Iericho
             he
             goes
             into
             Zacheus
             his
             house
             ,
             who
             was
             the
             chief
             Reciever
             of
             the
             Tribute
             ,
             Luk.
             19.
             1.
             
             &c.
             Here
             he
             has
             news
             of
             Lazarus
             his
             sickness
             ,
             therefore
             goes
             to
             Bethania
             ,
             and
             meets
             Martha
             ,
             who
             tells
             him
             her
             brother
             is
             dead
             and
             buryed
             .
             But
             Iesus
             having
             a
             great
             affection
             to
             this
             Family
             ,
             goes
             to
             the
             grave
             ,
             and
             restores
             him
             to
             Life
             .
             Yet
             however
             ,
             the
             Jews
             seek
             to
             take
             him
             .
             Ioh.
             11.
             1.
             wherefore
             he
             withdrew
             into
             the
             Wilderness
             ,
             and
             remained
             in
             a
             City
             called
             Ephrem
             or
             Ephraim
             ,
             (
             fig.
             23.
             )
             Six
             daies
             before
             the
             Feast
             of
             Passeover
             he
             came
             again
             to
             Bethania
             ,
             to
             the
             house
             of
             Martha
             ,
             and
             sups
             with
             
               Lazarus
               .
               Ioh.
            
             12.
             1.
             
             The
             next
             day
             he
             went
             to
             Bethphage
             ,
             at
             (
             fig.
             24.
             )
             whence
             he
             sent
             two
             of
             his
             Disciples
             to
             fe●ch
             a
             she
             Ass
             ,
             whereon
             he
             rode
             into
             Ierusalem
             with
             great
             acclamations
             of
             the
             People
             ,
             who
             spread
             their
             garments
             
             and
             strewed
             branches
             in
             his
             way
             ,
             crying
             
               Hosanna
               in
               the
               Highest
            
             ,
             &c.
             
             Mat.
             21.
             1.
             
             &c.
             Coming
             into
             the
             Temple
             he
             again
             drove
             out
             the
             Changers
             of
             Money
             ,
             and
             all
             them
             that
             bought
             and
             sold
             in
             the
             Temple
             .
             
               v.
               12
               ,
               13
            
             :
             Here
             he
             healed
             the
             halt
             and
             the
             blind
             that
             came
             to
             him
             .
             v.
             14.
             
             That
             night
             he
             went
             to
             Bethania
             ,
             and
             lodged
             there
             .
             v.
             17.
             
             And
             in
             the
             Morning
             again
             to
             Jerusalem
             ,
             where
             underway
             he
             cursed
             the
             Fig
             Tree
             ,
             which
             presently
             withered
             .
             v.
             19.
             
             The
             day
             time
             he
             spent
             in
             the
             Temple
             ,
             teaching
             the
             People
             ,
             and
             disputing
             with
             the
             Scribes
             ,
             Pharisees
             ,
             and
             Sadduces
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             read
             
               Mat.
               21.
               
               Mar.
               11.
               
               Luk.
            
             20.
             and
             a
             nights
             he
             went
             out
             of
             the
             City
             to
             Mount
             Olives
             .
             When
             now
             his
             disciples
             shewed
             him
             the
             beauty
             of
             the
             Temple
             ,
             he
             fore-told
             its
             destruction
             .
             
               Mat.
               24.
               1.
               
               Mar.
               13.
               1.
               
               Luk.
            
             21.
             5.
             
             Two
             daies
             before
             the
             Passeover
             ,
             Iesus
             was
             in
             Bethania
             ,
             at
             the
             house
             of
             Simon
             the
             Leper
             ,
             where
             Mary
             the
             Sister
             of
             Lazarus
             annointed
             him
             .
             
               Mat.
               26.
               7.
               
               Ioh.
            
             12.
             3.
             
             But
             Iudas
             who
             was
             a
             theef
             ,
             and
             kept
             the
             purse
             ,
             murmuring
             at
             the
             expence
             of
             so
             much
             precious
             oyntment
             ,
             was
             reprehended
             by
             Jesus
             :
             Wherefore
             he
             went
             to
             the
             High
             Priest
             and
             Scribes
             and
             Elders
             to
             betray
             him
             .
             
               Mat.
               26.
               
               Luk.
            
             22.
             3
             ,
             &c.
             Jesus
             having
             eaten
             the
             Passeover
             ,
             his
             last
             Supper
             ,
             with
             his
             Disciples
             went
             (
             according
             to
             his
             wont
             )
             to
             Gethshemane
             (
             fig
             ,
             25.
             )
             over
             the
             Book
             Cedron
             to
             pray
             :
             
               Mat.
               26.
               36.
               
               Joh.
            
             18.
             1.
             where
             Judas
             (
             with
             a
             band
             of
             Soldiers
             ,
             and
             servants
             of
             the
             High
             Priest
             )
             came
             ,
             and
             betrayed
             him
             with
             a
             kiss
             .
             Mat.
             26.
             49.
             
             The
             soldiers
             carry
             him
             into
             Jerusalem
             .
             The
             next
             day
             he
             is
             condemned
             ,
             crucified
             ,
             and
             laid
             in
             the
             Grave
             .
             Job
             .
             19.
             
          
           
             The
             third
             day
             he
             rose
             again
             from
             the
             dead
             ,
             and
             shewed
             himself
             to
             
               Mary
               Mug●●lene
               ,
               
               Joh.
            
             20.
             14.
             
             &c.
             and
             also
             to
             two
             of
             his
             Disciples
             going
             to
             Emmaus
             ,
             (
             fig.
             26.
             )
             who
             came
             and
             told
             it
             to
             the
             eleven
             Apostles
             ,
             when
             they
             were
             assembled
             at
             Jerusalem
             :
             who
             told
             them
             that
             Peter
             also
             saw
             him
             .
             And
             while
             they
             were
             thus
             speaking
             together
             ,
             He
             appeared
             among
             them
             ,
             and
             wished
             them
             Peace
             .
             Luk.
             24.
             
             Eight
             daies
             after
             He
             shewed
             himself
             again
             to
             his
             Apostles
             ,
             and
             let
             Thomas
             feel
             his
             wounds
             ,
             Joh.
             20.
             27.
             
             Afterwards
             he
             appeared
             the
             third
             time
             to
             his
             Disciples
             at
             the
             Sea
             of
             Tiberius
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             Sea
             of
             
               Galilee
               .
               Joh.
               21
               Jesus
            
             having
             conversed
             now
             40
             daies
             with
             his
             Disciples
             ,
             after
             his
             resurrection
             ,
             went
             with
             them
             to
             Mount
             Olives
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             Sabbath
             daies
             journey
             from
             Jerusalem
             ,
             viz.
             (
             about
             a
             Mile
             ,
             )
             towards
             Bethania
             And
             having
             given
             them
             his
             Commands
             ,
             declared
             his
             Will
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             finally
             blessed
             them
             .
             He
             was
             taken
             up
             in
             a
             Cloud
             ,
             and
             so
             went
             into
             Heaven
             .
             Luk.
             24.
             50.
             
          
           
             The
             Disciples
             returned
             again
             to
             Jerusalem
             ,
             and
             there
             kept
             their
             Whitson
             Feast
             ,
             together
             ,
             and
             received
             the
             Holy
             Ghost
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           A
           Discourse
           upon
           the
           Mapp
           of
           the
           Travels
           of
           S.
           PAUL
           ,
           and
           other
           of
           the
           APOSTLES
           .
        
         
           BEfore
           you
           peruse
           this
           Discourse
           and
           Mapp
           ,
           be
           pleased
           to
           take
           notice
           that
           for
           the
           easier
           finding
           out
           of
           Places
           ,
           we
           have
           marked
           whole
           Countries
           with
           hollow
           Letters
           a
           thus
           ;
           and
           Cities
           with
           numerical
           Figures
           .
        
         
         
           It
           happened
           that
           as
           the
           Jews
           in
           their
           exile
           were
           scattered
           all
           over
           Asia
           ,
           like
           co●strewed
           on
           the
           ground
           ,
           some
           seeds
           also
           (
           whether
           by
           Land
           or
           Sea
           ,
           or
           both
           )
           fell
           into
           Cilicia
           ,
           (
           at
           e
           in
           the
           Mapp
           )
           and
           particularly
           into
           the
           City
           of
           Tarsus
           ,
           (
           at
           7
           in
           the
           Mapp
           )
           Among
           others
           of
           this
           Nation
           was
           a
           certain
           Benjamite
           ,
           a
           person
           of
           good
           quality
           ,
           who
           inhabited
           here
           ,
           and
           from
           whom
           descended
           that
           Heroick
           Father
           of
           the
           Gospel
           called
           Saul
           ,
           or
           
             Paul
             ,
             Act.
             22.
             3.
             
             Phil.
          
           3.
           5.
           for
           such
           was
           the
           custom
           of
           those
           dayes
           ,
           that
           most
           Persons
           of
           any
           note
           or
           eminency
           had
           more
           names
           than
           one
           .
           Hence
           this
           Holy
           Father
           ,
           was
           by
           his
           Father
           called
           Saul
           ,
           in
           evidence
           that
           he
           was
           a
           Hebrew
           of
           the
           Hebrews
           ;
           and
           Paulus
           or
           Paul
           ,
           in
           token
           that
           he
           was
           born
           a
           free
           man
           of
           Rome
           .
           Now
           as
           this
           Son
           grew
           up
           ,
           the
           good
           old
           man
           was
           not
           wanting
           for
           care
           sufficient
           in
           his
           education
           .
           And
           first
           ,
           the
           better
           to
           grace
           his
           priviledge
           of
           a
           Romane
           Citizen
           ,
           he
           bred
           him
           up
           a
           Schollar
           in
           the
           Academy
           of
           Tharsus
           ,
           (
           7
           )
           and
           here
           was
           it
           ,
           that
           he
           became
           so
           expert
           in
           the
           Philosophical
           Sayings
           of
           the
           Heathen
           Sages
           ,
           such
           as
           were
           
             Aratus
             ,
             Epimenides
             ,
             Menander
          
           and
           others
           .
           
             Act.
             17.
             28.
             
             Tit.
          
           1.
           12.
           
           But
           as
           he
           grew
           in
           years
           to
           understand
           himself
           ,
           the
           Wisdom
           of
           Man
           not
           amounting
           to
           enough
           to
           make
           him
           a
           Child
           of
           God
           ,
           He
           was
           therefore
           sent
           away
           from
           Tharsus
           unto
           Jerusalem
           (
           1
           )
           to
           be
           instructed
           in
           the
           Sacred
           knowledge
           of
           the
           Book
           of
           God.
           Here
           was
           famous
           at
           that
           time
           one
           Gamaliel
           a
           Doctor
           of
           the
           Law
           ,
           and
           Provost
           of
           the
           Schools
           in
           Jerusalem
           ,
           at
           whose
           feet
           this
           Tarsian
           Jew
           being
           set
           ,
           he
           studyed
           the
           Holy
           Scriptures
           ,
           and
           greatly
           profited
           in
           Divine
           learning
           ,
           beyond
           all
           his
           Equals
           and
           fellow-Studients
           .
           
             Act.
             22.
             3.
             
             Gal.
             1.
          
           14.
           
           Here
           was
           it
           that
           whilest
           he
           was
           eager
           of
           his
           way
           of
           Learning
           and
           Religion
           ,
           
           he
           drew
           into
           his
           head
           and
           heart
           the
           Doctrine
           of
           the
           Pharisees
           ,
           who
           were
           in
           those
           dayes
           though
           the
           most
           respected
           with
           the
           Popularity
           ,
           yet
           the
           most
           Hypocritical
           and
           Malicious
           of
           all
           the
           Jewish
           Sects
           .
           Phil.
           3.
           5
           ,
           6.
           
        
         
           During
           these
           Times
           the
           Messiah
           appeared
           ,
           as
           was
           spoken
           of
           by
           the
           Prophet
           Daniel
           ,
           (
           Dan.
           9.
           25
           ,
           26
           ,
           27.
           )
           and
           one
           half
           
             of
             a
             week
             of
             years
          
           ,
           or
           3
           years
           and
           odd
           ,
           he
           confirmed
           the
           Covenant
           with
           many
           of
           the
           Jewish
           Nation
           ,
           until
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           Week
           he
           was
           crucified
           and
           slain
           :
           and
           Sacrifice
           and
           Oblation
           ceased
           .
           All
           this
           while
           was
           Saul
           at
           Ierusalem
           ,
           but
           so
           intent
           at
           Gam●liels
           feet
           ,
           that
           this
           news
           of
           the
           Messias
           found
           no
           respect
           from
           his
           ears
           .
           Christ
           was
           crucified
           at
           the
           great
           Paschal
           Feast
           ;
           and
           at
           Pentecost
           came
           the
           Holy
           Ghost
           upon
           the
           Apostles
           ,
           and
           enabled
           them
           to
           speak
           all
           Languages
           ,
           and
           to
           work
           miracles
           .
           Now
           it
           hapned
           ,
           that
           by
           vertue
           of
           these
           Languages
           they
           spake
           ,
           and
           the
           miracles
           they
           wrought
           ,
           so
           many
           became
           their
           Converts
           ,
           that
           by
           the
           Feast
           of
           Tabernacles
           a
           necessity
           appeared
           to
           ordain
           Deacons
           to
           assist
           them
           in
           their
           Ministery
           .
           Of
           these
           were
           appointed
           first
           7
           in
           company
           ,
           whereof
           were
           Stephen
           and
           Philip
           ,
           and
           Nicanor
           and
           others
           :
           and
           after
           these
           were
           made
           still
           more
           and
           more
           Deacons
           and
           Evangelists
           ,
           such
           as
           were
           Ananias
           of
           
             Damascus
             ,
             (
             5
             )
             Lucius
             ,
             Barnabas
          
           and
           others
           .
           Act.
           6
           ch
           .
           9.
           ch
           .
           13.
           
           But
           as
           these
           were
           zealous
           in
           preaching
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           the
           Jews
           were
           as
           envious
           in
           opposing
           it
           ,
           and
           of
           those
           opposers
           Saul
           of
           Tarsus
           was
           none
           of
           the
           meanest
           .
           The
           first
           quarrel
           that
           brake
           out
           into
           blood
           ,
           was
           that
           of
           the
           Synagogue
           of
           the
           Liberrines
           against
           Stephen
           ,
           and
           this
           seems
           to
           have
           been
           at
           the
           very
           next
           Feast
           after
           that
           of
           the
           Tabernacles
           ,
           at
           what
           time
           Stephen
           was
           ordained
           ;
           and
           was
           therefore
           at
           latter
           
           end
           of
           the
           Feast
           of
           Dedication
           :
           at
           what
           time
           Stephen
           being
           apprehended
           by
           those
           Libertines
           ,
           was
           haled
           before
           the
           Councel
           ,
           and
           tumultuously
           condemned
           ,
           and
           stoned
           to
           death
           .
           This
           was
           (
           as
           it
           seems
           by
           course
           of
           Story
           )
           much
           about
           (
           and
           as
           Tradition
           tells
           us
           ,
           upon
           )
           the
           morrow
           after
           the
           Anniversary
           Festival
           of
           our
           Saviours
           Nativity
           ,
           or
           on
           the
           26
           of
           Decemb.
           Thus
           dyed
           this
           Proto-Martyr
           ,
           and
           thus
           was
           this
           first
           Anniversary
           of
           the
           Nativity
           next
           following
           his
           Assension
           turned
           into
           mourning
           ,
           Act.
           7.
           54
           ,
           55.
           &c.
           But
           devout
           men
           in
           honour
           of
           this
           noble
           Martyr
           ,
           would
           not
           suffer
           his
           body
           to
           ly
           among
           the
           bones
           of
           malefactors
           ,
           to
           be
           devoured
           of
           Dogs
           ,
           but
           exposed
           themselves
           to
           the
           hazzard
           of
           the
           Jews
           displeasure
           ,
           by
           carrying
           him
           to
           buryal
           with
           solemne
           lamentation
           ,
           Act.
           8.
           2.
           
           The
           Persecuters
           thus
           exasperated
           ,
           made
           great
           havoke
           of
           these
           sacred
           Mourners
           ;
           and
           some
           2000
           faithfull
           Christians
           slew
           they
           in
           this
           heat
           ,
           together
           with
           Nicanor
           S.
           Stephens
           fellow
           Deacon
           ,
           besides
           great
           multitudes
           of
           men
           and
           women
           whom
           they
           carryed
           to
           prison
           .
           
             Dor.
             Syn.
          
           of
           the
           70
           Disciples
           .
           Act.
           8.
           1.
           3.
           ch
           .
           22.
           4.
           ch
           .
           26.
           10.
           
           Under
           the
           Councel
           who
           condemned
           this
           S.
           Stephen
           ,
           was
           this
           our
           Saul
           it
           seems
           a
           principal
           Officer
           ,
           who
           was
           present
           at
           his
           examination
           ,
           and
           gave
           his
           vote
           to
           have
           him
           put
           to
           death
           ,
           and
           was
           especially
           imployed
           to
           see
           it
           done
           :
           and
           more
           than
           this
           ,
           being
           in
           a
           zealous
           fury
           in
           a
           wrong
           way
           ,
           was
           the
           death
           of
           many
           a
           good
           Christian
           at
           this
           time
           ,
           besides
           what
           he
           imprisoned
           while
           he
           rashly
           imagined
           he
           did
           God
           good
           service
           by
           it
           .
           1.
           
           
             Tim.
             1.
             13.
             
             Act.
          
           26.
           9
           ,
           10.
           11.
           
           At
           this
           time
           was
           Saul
           but
           a
           young
           man
           ;
           and
           yet
           not
           so
           young
           ,
           but
           he
           was
           trusted
           it
           seems
           with
           some
           place
           of
           Authority
           ,
           which
           was
           not
           usually
           bestowed
           until
           a
           man
           was
           30
           current
           ,
           and
           so
           by
           consequence
           ,
           
           at
           what
           time
           our
           Saviour
           was
           33
           compleat
           ,
           this
           Saul
           was
           30
           current
           ,
           and
           therefore
           some
           4
           years
           younger
           than
           Christ.
           
        
         
           For
           4
           weeks
           lasted
           this
           persecution
           very
           hot
           ,
           until
           most
           part
           of
           the
           poor
           Christians
           being
           fled
           from
           Ierusalem
           (
           except
           the
           Apostles
           )
           were
           scattered
           abroad
           here
           and
           there
           as
           they
           could
           get
           with
           safety
           for
           refuge
           of
           their
           lives
           and
           liberties
           .
           But
           this
           was
           so
           far
           from
           hindrance
           ,
           as
           it
           rather
           proved
           an
           advantage
           to
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           scattered
           Evangelists
           who
           preaching
           as
           they
           fled
           ,
           scattered
           the
           news
           of
           the
           Gospel
           in
           all
           parts
           ,
           as
           they
           flew
           away
           .
           Philip
           the
           Deacon
           taught
           the
           
             Samaritans
             (
             2
             )
             Simon
          
           went
           out
           towards
           Tyre
           (
           43
           )
           and
           Zidon
           (
           48
           )
           preaching
           ;
           Bar●abas
           took
           towards
           
             Cyprus
             ,
             Lucius
          
           towards
           Cyrene
           ,
           (
           x
           )
           and
           Ananias
           made
           many
           Converts
           at
           Damascus
           .
           (
           5.
           
           Now
           when
           the
           news
           of
           these
           things
           came
           to
           Ierusalem
           ,
           (
           1
           )
           the
           Jews
           were
           madded
           at
           it
           :
           And
           the
           furious
           Saul
           in
           his
           fiery
           zeal
           ,
           not
           satisfied
           in
           that
           he
           had
           spoiled
           the
           growth
           of
           Christianity
           in
           Ierusalem
           ,
           unless
           he
           might
           chace
           it
           out
           of
           the
           World
           also
           ,
           got
           Letters
           from
           Caiphas
           the
           high
           Priest
           directed
           unto
           the
           Synagogues
           in
           Damascus
           in
           order
           to
           bind
           and
           bring
           away
           to
           Ierusalem
           all
           whom
           he
           found
           ,
           both
           men
           and
           women
           who
           any
           waies
           feared
           not
           to
           own
           the
           name
           of
           Christ.
           Act.
           9.
           1
           ,
           2.
           
           But
           as
           many
           times
           it
           happens
           where
           the
           more
           hast
           is
           ,
           there
           is
           the
           less
           speed
           ,
           so
           it
           was
           here
           ;
           for
           on
           the
           25
           ,
           day
           of
           January
           ,
           as
           Saul
           was
           going
           to
           Damascus
           ,
           and
           almost
           there
           ,
           Lo
           a
           wonderfull
           bright
           light
           appeared
           round
           about
           him
           ,
           and
           cast
           him
           upon
           the
           ground
           utterly
           astonished
           ;
           and
           a
           voice
           was
           heard
           speaking
           unto
           him
           as
           he
           lay
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             Saul
             ,
             Saul
             ,
             Why
             persecutest
             thou
             me
             ?
          
           Now
           such
           was
           the
           force
           of
           this
           miracle
           and
           the
           voice
           withal
           ,
           together
           with
           
           other
           discourse
           accompanying
           ;
           that
           Sauls
           heat
           of
           persecution
           was
           quite
           cooled
           ,
           and
           trembling
           as
           he
           lay
           ,
           his
           heart
           turned
           within
           him
           ,
           and
           he
           became
           obedient
           immedia●ly
           to
           all
           as
           was
           commanded
           him
           .
           And
           being
           led
           into
           the
           City
           (
           for
           he
           was
           struck
           blind
           with
           the
           light
           )
           after
           three
           daies
           fasting
           and
           prayer
           ,
           Ananias
           the
           Evangelist●
           came
           to
           him
           by
           Divine
           appointment
           ,
           and
           baptized
           him
           ,
           and
           also
           constituted
           him
           to
           be
           a
           Preacher
           of
           the
           Gospel
           .
           And
           Saul
           immediately
           entred
           into
           the
           Jewish
           Synagogue
           ,
           and
           began
           to
           preach
           up
           that
           Doctrine
           he
           had
           afore
           cryed
           down
           so
           much
           ;
           and
           justified
           those
           Christians
           which
           ere
           while
           he
           had
           so
           much
           condemned
           .
           And
           though
           the
           Jews
           opposed
           his
           Doctrine
           and
           himself
           ,
           yet
           he
           stood
           to
           it
           ,
           and
           confounded
           them
           by
           Scripture
           arguments
           ;
           proving
           out
           of
           the
           Law
           and
           Prophets
           that
           that
           very
           Jesus
           whom
           they
           had
           so
           lately
           crucified
           was
           the
           very
           Christ.
           But
           all
           notwithstanding
           ,
           the
           Jews
           would
           not
           be
           convinced
           ,
           but
           rather
           going
           about
           to
           kill
           him
           in
           revenge
           of
           his
           conversion
           from
           their
           way
           ,
           after
           certain
           daies
           stay
           he
           left
           Damascus
           ,
           and
           went
           into
           Arabia
           ,
           (
           c
           )
           where
           he
           continued
           three
           years
           ,
           preaching
           the
           Gospel
           in
           the
           Dominions
           of
           King
           
             Aretas
             .
             Act.
             9.
          
           3
           ,
           4
           ,
           5
           ,
           &c.
           17.
           18.
           ch
           .
           26.
           13
           ,
           &c.
           Ch.
           22.
           6.
           
           &c.
           Gal.
           1.
           15
           ,
           16
           ,
           17.
           
        
         
           During
           these
           years
           of
           Saul
           in
           
             Arabia
             ,
             Philip
          
           the
           Deacon
           was
           very
           successfull
           in
           his
           preaching
           at
           Samaria
           .
           Hither
           also
           came
           Peter
           and
           John
           the
           Apostles
           from
           Jerusalem
           ,
           to
           confirm
           and
           settle
           the
           Church
           which
           Philip
           had
           first
           founded
           .
           Here
           was
           one
           Simon
           a
           notable
           Sorcerer
           first
           converted
           by
           Philip
           ,
           and
           then
           detected
           by
           Peter
           in
           his
           hypocrisie
           ,
           and
           publiquely
           shamed
           ,
           Act.
           8.
           5
           ,
           6.
           &c.
           This
           was
           about
           the
           Passeover
           Feast
           next
           after
           Sauls
           conversion
           ,
           which
           coming
           on
           ,
           called
           Peter
           and
           John
           back
           again
           to
           Jerusalem
           :
           
           but
           Philip
           went
           on
           preaching
           along
           the
           Countrey
           in
           the
           way
           towards
           Gaza
           ,
           (
           3
           )
           and
           was
           in
           the
           same
           road
           ,
           at
           what
           time
           the
           Feast
           being
           ended
           ,
           a
           certain
           Eunuch
           called
           Indion
           ,
           a
           person
           of
           great
           quality
           under
           Candace
           Queen
           of
           Aethiopia
           ,
           but
           a
           Jewish
           Proselite
           ,
           who
           was
           returning
           from
           the
           Feast
           ,
           by
           an
           happy
           providence
           fell
           into
           Philips
           way
           ,
           and
           that
           so
           as
           to
           become
           his
           convert
           ;
           and
           being
           baptized
           ,
           carryed
           away
           with
           him
           into
           his
           own
           Countrey
           the
           great
           tydings
           of
           the
           Gospel
           .
           But
           Philip
           went
           on
           to
           Azotus
           ,
           (
           4
           )
           and
           so
           to
           Caesarea
           ,
           (
           10
           )
           preaching
           every
           where
           as
           he
           went.
           Act.
           8.
           26
           ,
           27
           ,
           &c.
           
           By
           this
           time
           the
           Church
           began
           to
           enjoy
           peace
           and
           rest
           ,
           by
           means
           of
           Sauls
           conversion
           :
           The
           greatest
           enemy
           it
           seems
           was
           taken
           off
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           were
           dampt
           ,
           
             Act.
             9.
             31.
          
           
           And
           besides
           ,
           the
           civil
           affairs
           of
           Judea
           (
           a
           )
           were
           not
           a
           little
           disturbed
           ,
           whereby
           the
           Spiritual
           enjoyed
           the
           more
           leisure
           .
           For
           Philip
           the
           Tetrarch
           being
           dead
           ,
           King
           Aretas
           with
           a
           great
           Army
           invaded
           Herod
           ,
           in
           order
           to
           be
           revenged
           for
           the
           matter
           of
           
             Heredias
             ,
             Herods
          
           Concubine
           ,
           with
           whom
           he
           lived
           in
           Incest
           and
           Adultery
           ;
           and
           by
           reason
           of
           Areta
           the
           daughter
           of
           this
           Aretas
           ,
           and
           Herods
           lawfull
           Wife
           ,
           whom
           he
           had
           put
           away
           .
           This
           came
           to
           a
           battel
           about
           the
           Paschal
           time
           ,
           in
           the
           21
           year
           of
           Tiherius
           the
           Emperour
           ;
           and
           Herod
           the
           Tetrarch
           was
           greatly
           foyled
           and
           routed
           ,
           and
           had
           been
           utterly
           lost
           ,
           but
           for
           the
           Authority
           Imperial
           interposing
           :
           
             Jos.
             Ant.
          
           B.
           18.
           ch
           .
           17.
           
           Suet.
           During
           these
           things
           the
           holy
           Apostles
           minded
           their
           business
           ,
           and
           as
           it
           shall
           seem
           devided
           the
           Toparchies
           of
           Judea
           amongst
           them
           ,
           for
           the
           better
           order
           in
           their
           proceedings
           .
           Untill
           the
           Church
           increasing
           more
           and
           more
           ,
           the
           Apostles
           also
           extended
           their
           Walks
           farther
           and
           farther
           ;
           and
           ten
           of
           them
           going
           forth
           into
           Galilee
           ,
           and
           Samaria
           ,
           (
           see
           the
           Mapp
           
           of
           Canaan
           ,
           )
           and
           also
           into
           Idumea
           and
           beyond
           Jordan
           .
           S.
           James
           constantly
           abode
           at
           
             Jerusalem
             .
             Eus.
             Eccl.
             Hist.
          
           B.
           2.
           ch
           .
           1.
           and
           S.
           Peter
           had
           the
           peculiar
           oversight
           of
           all
           quarters
           of
           
             Judea
             ,
             Act.
          
           9.
           26
           ,
           27
           ,
           &c.
           
           As
           for
           the
           Deacons
           and
           Evangelists
           ,
           they
           we●●
           out
           far
           and
           neer
           into
           all
           Countries
           where
           they
           could
           find
           any
           Jews
           ,
           unto
           whom
           they
           might
           preach
           Jesus
           :
           for
           hitherto
           went
           they
           to
           none
           but
           Jews
           ,
           or
           Jewish
           Proselites
           .
           Act.
           11.
           19.
           
           During
           these
           times
           did
           the
           Apostles
           and
           their
           Disciples
           appoint
           and
           celebrate
           those
           sacred
           Festivals
           of
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           which
           we
           still
           observe
           .
        
         
           S.
           Paul
           was
           at
           the
           Feast
           of
           Pentecost
           ,
           at
           a
           private
           Church
           where
           S
           ,
           James
           and
           the
           Elders
           were
           assembled
           .
           Act.
           21.
           18
           ,
           19.
           
           During
           this
           time
           also
           sent
           Pilat
           to
           Rome
           ,
           (
           46
           )
           to
           give
           notice
           unto
           Tiberius
           and
           the
           Senate
           ,
           of
           the
           marvellous
           works
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           how
           he
           was
           reported
           to
           berisen
           from
           the
           dead
           ,
           and
           was
           esteemed
           of
           his
           Disciples
           as
           a
           God.
           
             Eus.
             Eccl.
             Hist.
          
           B.
           2.
           ch
           .
           2.
           
           Also
           during
           these
           years
           while
           Saul
           remained
           in
           
             Arabia
             ,
             Caiphas
          
           was
           laid
           by
           from
           being
           High
           Priest
           ,
           in
           the
           21.
           year
           of
           Tiberius
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           next
           year
           
             Pontius
             Pilate
          
           was
           displaced
           from
           his
           Prefecture
           .
           
             Jos.
             Ant.
          
           B.
           18.
           ch
           .
           6.
           
        
         
           Three
           years
           were
           now
           ended
           since
           the
           Assension
           of
           our
           Saviour
           ,
           and
           the
           4th
           ▪
           was
           some
           moneths
           old
           ,
           at
           what
           time
           Saul
           having
           continued
           almost
           3
           years
           in
           Arabia
           ,
           returned
           back
           to
           Damascus
           ,
           about
           the
           23
           of
           Tiberius
           but
           newly
           entred
           ,
           and
           the
           3●
           of
           Christs
           birth
           about
           3
           parts
           run
           out
           .
           But
           here
           again
           finding
           himself
           in
           great
           danger
           of
           his
           life
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           Jews
           implacable
           malice
           ,
           he
           was
           fain
           to
           be
           let
           down
           in
           a
           basket
           over
           the
           Town
           wall
           ,
           and
           narrowly
           escaped
           away
           with
           his
           life
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           Jerusalem
           ,
           about
           the
           Feast
           of
           Tabernacles
           ,
           2
           
             Cor.
             11.
             32.
             33.
             
             Act.
          
           9.
           25.
           
           All
           this
           while
           
           had
           he
           seen
           none
           of
           the
           Apostles
           ,
           but
           here
           (
           as
           he
           came
           on
           purpose
           to
           find
           him
           so
           accordingly
           )
           he
           met
           S.
           
             Peter
             .
             Gal.
          
           1.
           16.
           17.
           
           They
           at
           first
           shunned
           him
           at
           Jerusalem
           ,
           till
           Barnabas
           wrought
           his
           introduction
           among
           them
           .
           Here
           tarryed
           he
           15
           daies
           during
           the
           Feast
           ,
           and
           before
           and
           after
           .
           But
           after
           a
           great
           deal
           of
           labour
           in
           vain
           beslowed
           upon
           the
           stubborn
           Jews
           ,
           in
           order
           to
           convince
           them
           that
           Jesus
           was
           the
           Christ
           ,
           at
           length
           Peter
           and
           Saul
           both
           left
           Jerusalem
           together
           :
           Saul
           went
           down
           to
           Cesarea
           ,
           (
           6
           )
           and
           from
           thence
           all
           along
           by
           Land
           through
           Phoenicia
           (
           f
           )
           Syria
           ,
           (
           d
           )
           and
           Cylicia
           (
           c
           )
           until
           he
           came
           to
           Tarsus
           ,
           his
           native
           place
           Act.
           9.
           26
           ,
           27.
           &c.
           Gal.
           1.
           18.
           
           &c.
           
        
         
           Peter
           in
           the
           mean
           time
           went
           about
           from
           Town
           to
           Town
           over
           all
           the
           quarters
           and
           Toparchies
           of
           Judea
           ,
           untill
           he
           came
           to
           Lydda
           ,
           (
           8
           )
           where
           he
           cured
           one
           Aeneas
           ,
           who
           had
           been
           8
           years
           sick
           of
           a
           Palsie
           ,
           by
           a
           miracle
           :
           and
           after
           some
           stay
           there
           ,
           he
           was
           sent
           for
           to
           Joppa
           ,
           (
           9
           )
           where
           by
           a
           greater
           miracle
           he
           raised
           one
           Dorcas
           an
           holy
           and
           a
           singular
           good
           woman
           from
           the
           dead
           .
           These
           miracles
           were
           no
           smal
           furtherance
           to
           the
           fame
           of
           the
           Gospel
           .
           Act.
           9.
           32
           ,
           &c.
           36.
           &c.
           But
           such
           as
           were
           yet
           stubborn
           would
           be
           stubborn
           ;
           Wherefore
           now
           at
           length
           ,
           after
           that
           Peter
           had
           abode
           many
           dayes
           at
           this
           Joppa
           ,
           the
           other
           half
           of
           the
           week
           of
           years
           of
           confirming
           the
           Covenant
           with
           the
           Jews
           being
           utterly
           expired
           ,
           and
           the
           Iewish
           converts
           dropping
           in
           but
           slowly
           ,
           until
           at
           length
           there
           appeared
           not
           one
           more
           ;
           Then
           pleased
           it
           Almighty
           God
           to
           give
           warning
           unto
           his
           Apostles
           hence
           forwards
           to
           leave
           the
           Iews
           ,
           and
           to
           turn
           in
           unto
           the
           Gentiles
           .
           This
           warning
           by
           the
           vision
           of
           a
           
             strange
             sheet
          
           let
           down
           from
           Heaven
           ,
           wherein
           were
           all
           manner
           of
           Beasts
           and
           Fowls
           ,
           and
           that
           as
           well
           of
           the
           unclean
           sorts
           ,
           as
           of
           the
           clean
           ,
           was
           first
           
           made
           known
           to
           Peter
           ;
           whereby
           he
           was
           given
           to
           understand
           ,
           that
           hence
           forwards
           he
           might
           eat
           of
           all
           sorts
           without
           distinction
           .
           And
           in
           the
           mean
           time
           messengers
           being
           come
           from
           Cornelius
           a
           Gentile
           man
           ,
           he
           was
           warned
           also
           to
           go
           in
           unto
           him
           ,
           without
           any
           more
           scruple
           what
           Countrey
           man
           he
           was
           ,
           and
           whether
           he
           were
           Iew
           or
           Proselite
           .
           And
           accordingly
           Peter
           being
           obedient
           unto
           the
           vision
           ,
           went
           with
           them
           :
           and
           finding
           Cornelius
           and
           many
           more
           Gentiles
           gathered
           together
           ,
           he
           preached
           unto
           them
           ,
           and
           they
           were
           converted
           ,
           and
           the
           Holy
           Ghost
           fell
           upon
           them
           miraculously
           ,
           and
           they
           were
           baptized
           ,
           
             Act.
             10
          
           :
           At
           the
           same
           time
           Barnabas
           of
           Cyprus
           ,
           and
           Lucius
           of
           Cyrene
           (
           x
           )
           and
           others
           ,
           being
           in
           far
           Countries
           ,
           and
           moved
           by
           the
           same
           Spirit
           preached
           unto
           the
           Gentiles
           where
           ever
           they
           were
           ,
           and
           they
           came
           in
           ,
           and
           converted
           to
           the
           Faith.
           
             Act.
             11.
             19
          
           ,
           &c.
           
           Now
           when
           the
           news
           of
           these
           things
           came
           first
           unto
           
             Jerusalem
             ,
             Peter
          
           was
           questioned
           for
           what
           he
           had
           done
           ,
           until
           having
           given
           satisfaction
           of
           his
           Divine
           Warrant
           ,
           they
           gave
           glory
           to
           God.
           &c.
           
        
         
           After
           this
           the
           Apostles
           deviding
           the
           World
           into
           12
           parts
           ,
           each
           of
           them
           took
           his
           Walk
           ,
           together
           with
           certain
           Evangelists
           their
           assistants
           ,
           into
           all
           parts
           of
           the
           World.
           S.
           James
           the
           brother
           of
           John
           seems
           to
           have
           gon
           into
           Egypt
           and
           Marmorica
           ,
           where
           he
           spent
           those
           few
           years
           his
           Glass
           had
           to
           run
           .
           S.
           John
           went
           into
           
             Asia
             ,
             Dacia
          
           ,
           and
           Panonia
           .
           S.
           Andrew
           Eastwards
           as
           far
           as
           Sogdia
           ,
           and
           Scythia
           .
           S.
           Philip
           Northward
           into
           
             Cappadocia
             ,
             Ibonia
          
           ,
           and
           so
           between
           these
           into
           Scythia
           .
           S.
           Bartholmew
           Southeastwards
           into
           India
           ,
           and
           S.
           Thomas
           through
           Persia
           into
           China
           .
           S.
           Jude
           bestowed
           himself
           in
           
             Mesopotamia
             ,
             Chaldea
          
           ,
           and
           Arabia
           .
           And
           
             Simon
             Zel●tus
          
           Southwestwards
           into
           Mauritania
           .
           S.
           Matthew
           tarryed
           
           at
           Jerus●lem
           ,
           untill
           he
           had
           written
           his
           Gospel
           in
           the
           Hebrew
           Tongue
           ,
           and
           then
           went
           after
           S.
           James
           into
           Aegypt
           ,
           and
           so
           into
           Aethiopia
           .
           S.
           Matthias
           sayled
           over
           into
           Macedonia
           ,
           and
           Gracia
           ,
           and
           from
           thence
           into
           
             Africa
             .
             Ant.
             Chr.
          
           par
           .
           1
           Tit.
           6.
           ch
           .
           8.
           par
           .
           1.
           
           Oecumen
           .
           on
           
             Acts.
             Eus.
          
           B.
           3.
           ch
           .
           1.
           
           
             Ab.
             Apost
             .
             Hist.
          
           B.
           7.
           9.
           
           
             Dor.
             Syn.
             Pet.
             de
             Nat.
          
           B.
           3.
           ch
           .
           149.
           
           S.
           James
           tarryed
           at
           Jerusalem
           ,
           but
           S.
           Peter
           steered
           towards
           Antioch
           .
           (
           11
           )
           and
           that
           so
           as
           Rome
           also
           was
           in
           his
           ey
           .
           About
           this
           very
           time
           dyed
           Tiberius
           the
           Emperour
           at
           Rome
           ,
           (
           46
           )
           and
           
             Ca●us
             C●ligula
          
           ascended
           the
           throne
           ,
           in
           Anno
           37.
           
           
             Tac.
             An.
          
           B.
           6.
           ch
           .
           45.
           
           Dion
           .
           B.
           58
           
             Ios
             Ant
          
           B.
           18.
           ch
           .
           7.
           
           And
           this
           was
           a
           little
           before
           the
           Paschal
           time
           .
           S.
           Thomas
           about
           this
           time
           ,
           with
           one
           Jude
           his
           brother
           ,
           and
           an
           Evangelist
           ,
           going
           out
           Eastwards
           ,
           sent
           Jude
           unto
           Edessa
           ,
           who
           miraculously
           cured
           King
           Ag●arus
           of
           an
           infirmity
           which
           had
           long
           vexed
           him
           ,
           and
           converted
           that
           King
           and
           a
           great
           many
           of
           his
           subjects
           .
           
             Eus.
             Eccl.
             Hist.
          
           B.
           1.
           ch
           .
           13
           ,
           14.
           
           Barnabas
           went
           along
           in
           S.
           Peters
           Walk
           to
           Antioch
           .
           (
           11
           )
           and
           after
           Easter
           S.
           Peter
           followed
           
             Act.
             11.
             22.
             
             Eus.
             Chron.
          
           And
           because
           they
           had
           here
           a
           great
           harvest
           of
           Converts
           ,
           Barnabas
           stept
           aside
           unto
           Tarsus
           ,
           and
           from
           thence
           fetcht
           Saul
           also
           unto
           Antioch
           :
           and
           by
           these
           three
           were
           so
           many
           Converts
           baptized
           ,
           that
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           multitudes
           the
           Disciples
           began
           to
           be
           first
           called
           Christians
           at
           this
           place
           ,
           and
           so
           spread
           the
           name
           all
           over
           the
           World
           ,
           where
           ever
           the
           Gospel
           was
           dilated
           .
           Act.
           11.
           26.
           
           &c.
           
        
         
           Now
           by
           that
           time
           
             Peter
             .
             Barnabas
          
           ,
           and
           Saul
           had
           been
           one
           whole
           year
           at
           
             Antioch
             ,
          
           ,
           came
           Agabus
           the
           Prophet
           thither
           from
           Jerusalem
           ,
           and
           foretold
           of
           a
           great
           death
           ,
           which
           was
           to
           follow
           over
           all
           the
           World.
           But
           with
           this
           Agabus
           came
           certain
           weak
           brethren
           
           of
           the
           Jews
           ,
           who
           either
           out
           of
           tender
           Conscience
           or
           faction
           ,
           were
           offended
           at
           the
           entring
           of
           the
           Gentiles
           :
           as
           if
           it
           had
           not
           been
           lawfull
           .
           This
           weakness
           S.
           Peter
           thought
           fit
           to
           comply
           with
           :
           but
           Saul
           was
           therefore
           angry
           .
           1
           
             Cor.
             9.
             20
             ,
             21.
             
             Gal.
          
           2.
           12
           ,
           13
           ,
           14.
           
           Thus
           hapned
           this
           first
           quarrel
           amongst
           these
           great
           Fathers
           ;
           but
           it
           was
           only
           in
           matters
           of
           discretion
           ,
           not
           of
           Doctrine
           .
           And
           however
           he
           found
           fault
           at
           this
           time
           ,
           yet
           at
           another
           time
           ,
           Saul
           also
           himself
           acted
           S.
           Peters
           part
           .
           1
           Cor.
           9.
           20
           ,
           21.
           
           After
           these
           things
           was
           a
           Collection
           made
           at
           Antioch
           for
           the
           poor
           Saints
           at
           Jerusalem
           ,
           and
           Barnabas
           and
           Saul
           carryed
           it
           .
           Act.
           29.
           30.
           
        
         
           It
           was
           now
           Anno
           39.
           at
           what
           time
           Barnabas
           and
           Saul
           continued
           preaching
           at
           Jerusalem
           .
           At
           this
           time
           came
           forth
           S.
           Matthews
           Gospel
           in
           the
           Hebrew
           Tongue
           ,
           and
           was
           published
           for
           the
           use
           of
           all
           good
           Christians
           .
           But
           Saul
           and
           Barnabas
           tarryed
           at
           Jerusalem
           till
           Anno.
           40.
           
           And
           now
           was
           it
           at
           what
           time
           was
           assembled
           a
           great
           concourse
           of
           People
           from
           all
           parts
           :
           Here
           was
           S.
           Peter
           from
           Antioch
           ,
           and
           S.
           James
           out
           of
           Aegypt
           :
           and
           among
           others
           the
           plausible
           King
           Agrippa
           failed
           not
           to
           beat
           the
           Feast
           too
           :
           This
           Agrippa
           being
           a
           very
           ambitious
           man
           ,
           and
           apt
           to
           take
           over
           much
           upon
           him
           ,
           had
           been
           most
           shamefully
           mocked
           and
           abused
           by
           the
           Romanes
           and
           Aegyptians
           in
           Alexandria
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Jews
           there
           fared
           the
           worse
           for
           him
           .
           And
           because
           they
           could
           not
           be
           sufficiently
           revenged
           of
           the
           Romanes
           and
           Aegyptians
           who
           did
           them
           the
           wrong
           ,
           it
           seems
           therefore
           they
           threw
           the
           more
           spite
           upon
           the
           Christians
           ,
           who
           were
           more
           apt
           to
           fall
           into
           their
           hands
           ;
           not
           that
           those
           Christians
           had
           any
           wayes
           offended
           ,
           but
           meerly
           for
           that
           inhabiting
           in
           Alexandria
           ,
           they
           also
           had
           not
           been
           abused
           as
           themselves
           were
           .
           And
           
           now
           having
           found
           S.
           James
           at
           Jerusalem
           (
           who
           seems
           to
           be
           the
           Father
           of
           those
           Aegyptian
           Christians
           )
           they
           told
           Agrippa
           of
           him
           ,
           who
           by
           vertue
           of
           his
           interest
           both
           with
           Marullus
           the
           Prefect
           ,
           and
           the
           Officers
           of
           the
           Iews
           ,
           easily
           laid
           hands
           on
           him
           ,
           and
           without
           more
           adoe
           sent
           him
           away
           to
           execution
           .
           But
           such
           was
           the
           magnanimity
           of
           this
           braveman
           ,
           that
           death
           was
           but
           a
           sport
           with
           him
           :
           and
           with
           so
           much
           gallantry
           did
           he
           bear
           it
           ,
           that
           the
           very
           Soldier
           that
           guarded
           him
           to
           the
           place
           of
           execution
           ,
           was
           conquered
           by
           his
           Prisoner
           ,
           and
           that
           unto
           such
           pitch
           of
           admiration
           ,
           as
           the
           man
           was
           ambitious
           to
           dy
           with
           him
           ,
           in
           the
           same
           cause
           ,
           and
           so
           he
           did
           ;
           and
           thus
           dyed
           they
           nobly
           together
           .
           S.
           Peter
           after
           this
           ,
           was
           taken
           also
           ,
           and
           imprisoned
           ,
           but
           escaped
           by
           a
           miracle
           .
           
             Act.
             12.
             1
          
           ,
           &c.
           
           
             Eus.
             Eccl.
             Hist.
          
           B.
           2.
           ch
           .
           9.
           
           
             Clem.
             Hypot
          
           .
           B.
           7.
           
           Some
           say
           that
           Barnabas
           and
           Saul
           were
           also
           clapt
           up
           ,
           and
           strangely
           escaped
           ▪
           But
           however
           ,
           about
           this
           Time
           Saul
           being
           in
           an
           ecstasie
           as
           he
           was
           praying
           in
           the
           Temple
           ,
           was
           caught
           up
           into
           the
           third
           Heaven
           ,
           where
           he
           heard
           words
           unspeakable
           ,
           and
           finally
           was
           commanded
           to
           be
           gon
           quickly
           out
           of
           Jerusalem
           ,
           for
           that
           the
           Iews
           would
           not
           receive
           his
           testimony
           ,
           and
           to
           go
           away
           upon
           Gods
           message
           far
           thence
           among
           the
           Gentiles
           .
           
           Act.
           22.
           17
           ,
           &c.
           2
           Cor.
           12.
           2
           ,
           &c.
           Now
           from
           the
           conversion
           of
           Saul
           unto
           his
           return
           unto
           Jerusalem
           were
           3
           years
           ,
           And
           from
           that
           time
           unto
           his
           coming
           again
           to
           bring
           al●s
           were
           11
           years
           ,
           or
           14
           in
           all
           from
           his
           conversion
           .
           Gal.
           1.
           17
           ,
           18.
           and
           ch
           .
           2.
           1.
           
           Now
           according
           to
           this
           command
           Barnabas
           and
           Saul
           went
           back
           again
           
           to
           Antioch
           ,
           and
           one
           Titus
           a
           Greek
           was
           in
           their
           company
           .
           But
           there
           were
           at
           this
           time
           certain
           other
           Evangelists
           ,
           who
           in
           absence
           of
           these
           had
           taught
           at
           Antioch
           ;
           such
           as
           were
           
             Lucius
             ,
             Simon
             Niger
          
           ,
           and
           Manahen
           .
           And
           now
           Barnabes
           and
           Saul
           being
           come
           thither
           too
           ,
           the
           Holy
           Ghost
           spake
           openly
           by
           vision
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             Separate
             me
             Barnabas
             and
             Saul
             for
             the
             work
             unto
             which
             I
             have
             called
             them
             .
             Act.
          
           13.
           1
           ,
           2
           ,
           &c.
           
           About
           this
           time
           Saul
           seems
           to
           be
           promoted
           to
           be
           an
           Evangelist
           .
           And
           from
           hence
           forward
           is
           called
           Paul.
           
        
         
           Anno
           41.
           in
           the
           Spring
           of
           the
           year
           ,
           Barnabas
           and
           Paul
           left
           
             Antioch
             ▪
          
           and
           having
           one
           
             John
             Mark
          
           in
           company
           to
           be
           their
           Deacon
           ,
           went
           forth
           to
           preach
           the
           Gospel
           .
           And
           first
           they
           came
           into
           Seleucia
           neer
           the
           Sea
           ,
           upon
           the
           River
           ●tontes
           ;
           and
           from
           thence
           sayled
           over
           Sea
           unto
           Salamis
           (
           12
           )
           in
           the
           Isle
           of
           Cypras
           .
           (
           g
           )
           And
           after
           some
           stay
           journeyed
           all
           over
           the
           Island
           ,
           unto
           Paphos
           (
           13
           )
           where
           
             Sergius
             Paulus
          
           the
           Governour
           held
           his
           seat
           ,
           and
           who
           was
           by
           these
           converted
           to
           the
           Faith
           ,
           having
           first
           by
           miracle
           conquered
           one
           Barjesus
           a
           Sorcerer
           ,
           who
           opposed
           them
           ;
           for
           they
           smote
           him
           with
           sudden
           blindness
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           could
           not
           see
           at
           all
           .
        
         
           Anno
           42.
           in
           the
           Spring
           they
           crost
           the
           Sea
           again
           to
           Perga
           (
           14
           )
           in
           Pamphilia
           .
           But
           here
           
             Iohn
             Mark
          
           being
           tyred
           with
           the
           Voyage
           broke
           up
           their
           company
           ,
           and
           returned
           to
           Ierusalem
           .
           Yet
           Barnabas
           and
           Paul
           went
           on
           as
           far
           as
           Antioch
           (
           15
           )
           in
           Psidia
           .
           (
           i
           )
           Here
           in
           vain
           first
           preached
           they
           unto
           the
           Iews
           ;
           but
           after
           turning
           unto
           the
           Gentiles
           ,
           they
           were
           quickly
           accomodated
           with
           crowds
           of
           Converts
           ,
           and
           that
           not
           only
           of
           the
           City
           ,
           but
           out
           of
           the
           Countrey
           also
           ,
           who
           were
           baptized
           .
           This
           took
           them
           up
           no
           smal
           space
           of
           time
           ,
           untill
           finally
           by
           the
           malicious
           Iews
           they
           were
           driven
           away
           out
           of
           the
           coast
           .
           
           Hence
           therefore
           carryed
           they
           the
           Holy
           Gospel
           unto
           I●onia
           (
           16
           )
           the
           principal
           City
           of
           Lycaonia
           ,
           (
           k
           )
           where
           some
           few
           Iews
           beleeved
           ,
           but
           great
           multitudes
           of
           the
           Gentiles
           ;
           wherefore
           here
           also
           tarryed
           they
           some
           space
           of
           time
           ,
           and
           most
           probable
           made
           up
           their
           first
           year
           in
           Asia
           ,
           (
           n
           )
           Act.
           13.
           4
           ,
           &c.
           
           About
           this
           time
           S.
           Peter
           commending
           the
           care
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           Antioch
           to
           one
           Erodius
           whom
           he
           left
           Bishop
           there
           ,
           himself
           departed
           by
           land
           through
           
             Cappadocia
             ,
             Galatia
          
           ,
           (
           m
           )
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           
             Asia
             ,
             Pontus
          
           ,
           and
           Bathina
           ;
           finally
           he
           came
           to
           
             Rome
             .
             1
             Pet.
          
           1.
           1
           ,
           2.
           
           This
           year
           also
           hapned
           the
           Famine
           spoken
           of
           by
           
             Agabus
             .
             Dion
          
           .
           B.
           60.
           
           Suet.
           B.
           5.
           ch
           .
           18.
           
           
             Ios.
             Ant.
          
           B.
           20
           :
           ch
           .
           2.
           
        
         
           Anno
           43.
           
           Barnabus
           and
           Paul
           continued
           still
           preaching
           at
           
             Iconia
             Act.
          
           14.
           3
           ,
           4.
           
           About
           this
           time
           S.
           Peter
           being
           at
           Rome
           ,
           ●ounded
           an
           hopefull
           Church
           there
           also
           .
           And
           Simon
           the
           Sorcerer
           came
           thither
           also
           with
           one
           Helena
           his
           Concubine
           ,
           who
           was
           honoured
           ,
           by
           some
           as
           much
           for
           his
           Arts
           Diabolical
           ,
           as
           was
           S.
           Peter
           for
           his
           Doctrines
           Divines
           and
           was
           so
           far
           advanced
           by
           the
           great
           ones
           ,
           that
           his
           Image
           was
           taken
           in
           also
           amongst
           their
           Gods
           
             Eus.
             Eccl.
             Hist.
          
           B.
           2.
           ch
           .
           12.
           13.
           14.
           15.
           
        
         
           Anno
           44.
           
           S.
           Mark
           at
           Rome
           published
           his
           Gospel
           for
           the
           use
           of
           that
           Church
           .
           And
           afterwards
           was
           sent
           away
           into
           Aegypt
           to
           govern
           the
           Church
           of
           
             Alexandria
             .
             Eus.
             Eccl.
             Hist
             ,
             Barnabas
          
           and
           Paul
           about
           this
           time
           were
           finally
           driven
           away
           from
           Iconia
           ,
           by
           a
           ryotous
           tumult
           of
           envyous
           Iews
           ,
           and
           went
           on
           preaching
           to
           Lystra
           ,
           (
           17
           )
           where
           they
           got
           great
           credit
           by
           a
           lame
           man
           they
           cured
           miraculously
           .
           And
           here
           also
           tarryed
           they
           some
           time
           ;
           until
           from
           Antioch
           and
           Iconia
           the
           Iews
           pursuing
           them
           with
           mallice
           and
           envy
           raised
           a
           party
           in
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           in
           a
           tumult
           stoned
           Paul
           ,
           who
           was
           yet
           by
           miracle
           restored
           
           to
           life
           again
           ,
           and
           went
           away
           with
           Barnabas
           the
           next
           day
           for
           Derbe
           ,
           (
           18.
           )
           Act.
           14.
           6
           ,
           &c.
           v.
           21.
           &c.
           
        
         
           Anno
           45.
           
           Barnabas
           and
           Paul
           having
           setled
           their
           Church
           at
           Derbe
           in
           peace
           and
           quiet
           ,
           left
           it
           to
           the
           Government
           of
           Elders
           ordained
           there
           ,
           and
           so
           returned
           to
           Lystra
           ,
           where
           they
           spent
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           year
           .
           Act.
           14.
           21
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           Anno
           46.
           
           Having
           ordained
           Elders
           at
           Lystra
           (
           among
           which
           was
           Timothy
           for
           one
           )
           they
           returned
           to
           Ieonium
           :
           and
           doing
           the
           like
           there
           ,
           finally
           they
           came
           to
           Antioch
           ,
           in
           Pisidia
           again
           .
           This
           year
           dyed
           the
           blessed
           Virgin
           Mary
           ,
           aged
           about
           60
           years
           ;
           having
           survived
           her
           Sons
           Assension
           14.
           years
           ,
           and
           remained
           a
           Widdow
           about
           20.
           
           
             Eus.
             Chron.
          
           
        
         
           Anno
           47.
           
           Barnabas
           and
           Paul
           came
           back
           again
           to
           Perga
           ,
           and
           from
           thence
           went
           to
           Attalia
           ,
           (
           19
           )
           where
           also
           they
           setled
           a
           Church
           ,
           Act.
           14.
           24
           ▪
           &c.
           
        
         
           Anno
           48.
           they
           returned
           through
           Cilicia
           and
           Syria
           unto
           Antioch
           in
           Syria
           ,
           every
           where
           as
           they
           went
           declaring
           the
           great
           things
           God
           had
           done
           by
           their
           Ministery
           .
           Act.
           14.
           26.
           
        
         
           Anno
           49
           Barnabas
           and
           Paul
           still
           remain
           at
           Antioch
           :
           But
           in
           the
           mean
           time
           certain
           falacious
           Iews
           from
           Ierusalem
           disturbed
           the
           Church
           ,
           teaching
           that
           without
           Circumcision
           and
           other
           Legal
           ceremonies
           the
           Iews
           could
           not
           be
           saved
           .
           Whence
           followed
           great
           disputes
           ;
           and
           finally
           ,
           Barnabas
           and
           Paul
           were
           sent
           to
           Ierusalem
           for
           a
           determination
           of
           the
           controversie
           .
           Here
           at
           this
           time
           were
           assembled
           S.
           Iames
           ,
           S.
           Peter
           ,
           and
           S.
           Iohn
           ,
           besides
           who
           ever
           else
           un-named
           ,
           by
           whom
           it
           was
           ordained
           ,
           as
           in
           Acts
           15.
           
           With
           this
           Decree
           Barnabas
           and
           Paul
           together
           with
           one
           Iudas
           the
           brother
           of
           S.
           Thomas
           ,
           and
           Silas
           ,
           returned
           unto
           Antioch
           ,
           to
           the
           great
           satisfaction
           of
           the
           Churches
           .
           Acts
           15.
           30
           ,
           31.
           
        
         
         
           After
           these
           things
           Barnabas
           and
           Paul
           being
           about
           to
           make
           a
           second
           Voyage
           into
           Asia
           ,
           had
           some
           quarrel
           about
           
             Iohn
             Mark
          
           ,
           whom
           Barnabas
           desired
           might
           be
           their
           Companion
           .
           But
           Paul
           refused
           Upon
           this
           so
           great
           was
           the
           falling
           out
           ,
           that
           they
           parted
           assunder
           ▪
           and
           Barnabas
           with
           
             Iohn
             Mark
          
           sayled
           away
           for
           Cyprus
           :
           (
           g
           )
           and
           Paul
           with
           Silas
           departed
           into
           Asia
           .
           This
           was
           Anno
           50.
           early
           in
           the
           year
           ,
           at
           what
           time
           Paul
           travelled
           through
           Syria
           and
           Cilicia
           ,
           unto
           Derbe
           in
           
             Lycaonia
             .
             Act.
          
           15.
           41.
           ch
           .
           16.
           1
           ,
           &c.
           
           Hence
           went
           they
           to
           Lystra
           ,
           where
           Timothy
           was
           also
           taken
           in
           company
           ,
           and
           so
           through
           Phrygia
           ,
           (
           l
           )
           and
           Gallatia
           ,
           (
           m
           )
           and
           Bithynia
           ,
           (
           p
           )
           they
           made
           but
           little
           stay
           in
           Asia
           ,
           but
           came
           to
           Troas
           (
           20
           )
           in
           Mysia
           .
           Here
           they
           shipt
           away
           for
           the
           Isle
           of
           Samothrace
           ,
           (
           21
           )
           and
           thence
           to
           Neapolis
           (
           22
           )
           on
           the
           Continent
           of
           Tharcia
           ,
           and
           so
           to
           Philippine
           (
           23
           )
           in
           Macedonia
           ,
           (
           q
           )
           .
           Act.
           16.
           11.
           
           &c.
           Here
           after
           Lydia
           and
           others
           converted
           ,
           and
           a
           certain
           Devil
           cast
           forth
           of
           a
           Divining
           maid
           ,
           they
           were
           cast
           into
           Prison
           ;
           but
           working
           miracles
           there
           too
           ,
           the
           Jaylor
           was
           converted
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           morrow
           they
           were
           dismissed
           .
           Hence
           went
           they
           to
           Amphipolis
           ,
           (
           24
           )
           and
           so
           to
           Apollonia
           ,
           (
           25
           )
           and
           thence
           onwards
           to
           Thessa●lnica
           ,
           (
           26
           )
           where
           Jason
           and
           other
           Jews
           were
           converted
           ,
           and
           great
           multitudes
           of
           Greeks
           .
           But
           being
           by
           unbeleeving
           Jews
           disturbed
           ,
           they
           departed
           after
           3
           weeks
           stay
           unto
           Berrhea
           ,
           (
           27
           )
           where
           they
           made
           more
           Converts
           than
           at
           Thessalonica
           .
           But
           the
           malicous
           Jews
           persecuting
           them
           from
           thence
           also
           ,
           Paul
           sayled
           away
           by
           Sea
           to
           Athens
           (
           28
           )
           where
           he
           had
           very
           famous
           disputations
           with
           the
           Learned
           of
           all
           Sects
           and
           Religions
           ,
           and
           converted
           Dyonisius
           the
           Areopagite
           ,
           and
           one
           Damaris
           a
           famous
           Woman
           ,
           and
           many
           more
           .
           Act.
           17.
           1
           ,
           &c.
           
           From
           hence
           Paul
           wrote
           the
           first
           and
           second
           Epistle
           to
           the
           
           Thessalo●ians
           ,
           for
           confirmation
           of
           that
           Church
           .
           And
           finally
           from
           Athens
           he
           went
           to
           Corinth
           ,
           (
           29
           )
           in
           the
           Isthmus
           ,
           where
           he
           took
           up
           his
           rest
           for
           one
           whole
           year
           and
           six
           moneths
           .
           Act
           ,
           18.
           1
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           Anno
           51.
           
           S.
           Paul
           had
           a
           Vision
           at
           Corinth
           to
           encourage
           his
           preaching
           .
           Sila●
           and
           Timothy
           he
           sent
           into
           Macedonia
           to
           confirm
           the
           Churches
           there
           .
           And
           tarrying
           at
           Corinth
           wrought
           for
           his
           living
           by
           making
           of
           Tents
           ,
           with
           Aqaila
           and
           Priscilla
           ,
           and
           yet
           preached
           constantly
           in
           the
           house
           of
           one
           Justus
           ,
           which
           was
           near
           the
           Synagogue
           :
           And
           Sosthenes
           the
           chief
           Ruler
           of
           the
           Synagogue
           being
           also
           converted
           adjoyned
           himself
           unto
           Paul.
           But
           when
           Gallio
           was
           made
           Deputy
           a
           tumult
           was
           raised
           ,
           wherein
           Sosthenes
           was
           hearen
           ;
           yet
           Paul
           tarryed
           still
           .
           Act.
           18.
           7
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           Anno
           52.
           
           S.
           Paul
           left
           unto
           Silas
           the
           government
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           Corinth
           ;
           and
           himself
           sayled
           away
           to
           Ephesus
           (
           32
           )
           in
           Asia
           .
           Here
           ,
           after
           some
           reasonings
           with
           the
           Iews
           ,
           he
           converted
           many
           of
           the
           Gentiles
           .
           But
           after
           some
           stay
           ,
           leaving
           Timothy
           to
           govern
           the
           Church
           here
           ,
           he
           sailed
           away
           into
           the
           Isle
           of
           Creta
           ,
           (
           u
           )
           where
           having
           also
           setled
           a
           Church
           ,
           he
           left
           it
           to
           the
           care
           of
           Titus
           ;
           and
           taking
           ship
           he
           sayled
           directly
           to
           Cesarea
           (
           10
           )
           in
           Canaan
           ,
           and
           so
           he
           went
           up
           to
           Jerusalem
           ;
           where
           tarrying
           no
           longer
           but
           meerly
           to
           salute
           the
           brethren
           ,
           went
           directly
           to
           
             Antioch
             .
             Act.
          
           18.
           18
           ,
           &c.
           Here
           also
           he
           made
           but
           a
           very
           short
           stay
           ,
           and
           began
           a
           third
           Voyage
           through
           Gallatia
           ,
           and
           Phrygia
           ,
           confirming
           the
           Churches
           as
           he
           went
           ;
           but
           made
           little
           stay
           in
           a
           place
           till
           he
           came
           to
           Timothy
           at
           Ephesus
           .
           (
           32
           )
           Here
           instructed
           he
           certain
           Disciples
           of
           S.
           
             Iohn
             Baptists
          
           ,
           and
           after
           3
           moneths
           in
           vain
           reasoning
           in
           the
           Synagogues
           with
           the
           Iews
           ,
           he
           preached
           2
           whole
           years
           in
           the
           School
           of
           Tyrannus
           ,
           unto
           the
           Gentiles
           .
        
         
         
           Anno
           53.
           
           Paul
           being
           at
           Ephesus
           did
           many
           miracles
           ;
           and
           7
           sons
           of
           Scera
           a
           Iew
           were
           fouly
           foyled
           and
           shamed
           by
           attempting
           to
           cast
           out
           Devils
           in
           imitation
           of
           
             Paul.
             Act.
          
           19.
           10
           ,
           &c.
           
           About
           the
           same
           time
           S.
           Philip
           the
           Apostle
           having
           preached
           the
           Gospel
           in
           
             Cappadocia
             ,
             Armenia
             ,
             Colchis
          
           ,
           and
           Iberia
           ;
           finally
           came
           down
           to
           Phrygia
           ,
           where
           preaching
           at
           Hierapolis
           the
           unbeleeving
           lews
           and
           Heathens
           conspiring
           against
           him
           crucified
           him
           there
           ,
           and
           stoned
           him
           with
           stones
           .
           
             Eus.
             chron
          
           .
           &
           
             Eccl.
             Hist.
          
           8.
           3.
           ch
           .
           28.
           
           
             Ant.
             chr
             .
             tit
          
           .
           6.
           c.
           11.
           
        
         
           Anno
           54.
           
           S.
           Philip
           being
           dead
           ,
           it
           seems
           S.
           Paul
           was
           called
           to
           be
           an
           Apostle
           ,
           and
           was
           counted
           amongst
           the
           twelve
           ;
           and
           ever
           after
           find
           we
           him
           write
           himself
           
             Paul
             an
             Apostle
             of
             Iesus
             Christ.
          
           Being
           still
           at
           Ephesus
           many
           were
           converted
           :
           and
           of
           the
           new
           Converts
           many
           who
           used
           curious
           Arts
           burnt
           their
           Books
           of
           great
           price
           ,
           out
           of
           zealous
           love
           to
           the
           Gospel
           .
           But
           as
           he
           was
           about
           to
           depart
           ,
           a
           great
           tumult
           was
           raised
           by
           one
           Demetrius
           a
           Silver
           smith
           ,
           upon
           the
           account
           of
           interest
           ,
           but
           was
           appeased
           by
           the
           Town
           Clark.
           Act.
           19.
           23
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           Anno
           55.
           
           From
           hence
           Paul
           wrote
           the
           first
           Epistle
           to
           the
           Corinthians
           ,
           and
           sent
           it
           by
           Timothy
           .
           Act.
           19.
           22.
           1
           
           Cor.
           16.
           8.
           
           But
           Timothy
           being
           returned
           ,
           Paul
           left
           him
           at
           Ephesus
           ,
           and
           went
           himself
           into
           Macedonia
           ,
           passing
           by
           Troas
           .
           Hither
           came
           he
           about
           Pentecost
           ,
           and
           from
           hence
           he
           wrote
           the
           second
           Epistle
           to
           the
           Corinthians
           14
           years
           and
           somewhat
           over
           since
           his
           carrying
           of
           almes
           from
           Anti●ch
           to
           
             Ierusalem
             .
             2
             Cor.
             2.
             12.
             
             1●
             .
          
           1
           ,
           2.
           
           Hence
           also
           wrote
           he
           unto
           Titus
           in
           Crete
           (
           u
           )
           from
           Nicapolis
           (
           22
           )
           in
           this
           Countrey
           .
           
             Tit.
             3.
             12.
          
           and
           here
           he
           Wintered
           .
           This
           year
           S.
           Peter
           at
           Rome
           utterly
           foiled
           Simon
           the
           Sorcerer
           in
           the
           presence
           of
           Nero
           ;
           and
           the
           Sorcerer
           falling
           from
           on
           high
           perished
           .
           Aegesip
           .
           B.
           ●
           .
           ch
           .
           2.
           
           Epiphan
           .
           tom
           .
           2.
           
           
             Haeres
             .
             21.
             
             Abd.
             Apost
             .
             Hist.
          
           B.
           13.
           
        
         
         
           Anno
           56
           Paul
           by
           the
           first
           of
           the
           year
           came
           to
           Corinth
           ,
           where
           and
           thereabouts
           he
           tarryed
           3
           moneths
           .
           Hence
           wrote
           he
           an
           Epistle
           to
           the
           Romanes
           .
           Rom.
           15.
           19.
           ch
           .
           16.
           25.
           
           Act.
           20.
           3
           
           Hence
           went
           he
           to
           
             Philippi
             ,
             Rom.
          
           15.
           24.
           where
           leaving
           Epaphroditus
           Govenour
           of
           that
           Church
           ,
           and
           Silvanus
           Bishop
           of
           Thessalonica
           ,
           and
           one
           Urbanus
           over
           other
           small
           Towns.
           
             (
             Phil.
             2.
             25.
             
             Dor.
             Syn.
          
           (
           After
           the
           daies
           of
           unleavened
           bread
           he
           went
           by
           Sea
           to
           Troas
           ,
           in
           Asia
           ,
           where
           Eutieus
           being
           dead
           was
           restored
           to
           life
           .
           Act.
           2.
           6.
           
           Thence
           went
           he
           to
           Assos
           ,
           (
           33
           )
           and
           so
           to
           Mityleu●
           ,
           (
           34
           )
           to
           the
           Isle
           of
           Chios
           ,
           (
           35
           )
           to
           Samos
           ,
           (
           36
           )
           to
           Trogillium
           ,
           (
           37
           )
           to
           Micales
           ,
           (
           38
           )
           to
           Miletus
           ,
           (
           39
           )
           Here
           met
           him
           Timothy
           and
           the
           Elders
           of
           
             Ephesus
             .
             Act.
          
           20.
           16.
           
           Hence
           sayled
           he
           away
           to
           Choos
           ,
           (
           40
           )
           and
           so
           to
           Rhodes
           ,
           (
           41
           )
           thence
           to
           Patara
           ,
           (
           42
           )
           Act.
           21.
           1.
           
           Hence
           he
           sayled
           by
           Cyprus
           on
           the
           left
           hand
           unto
           Tyre
           ,
           where
           Simon
           one
           of
           the
           7
           Deacons
           was
           Bishop
           .
           
             Dor.
             Syn.
             Act.
          
           21.
           2
           ,
           3
           ,
           &c.
           Hence
           sayled
           he
           again
           to
           Ptolomais
           ,
           and
           thence
           (
           after
           one
           daies
           stay
           )
           to
           Cesaria
           ,
           where
           Philip
           the
           Deacon
           was
           Bishop
           .
           Here
           was
           foretold
           of
           the
           ill
           usage
           which
           attended
           him
           at
           Jerusalem
           ;
           yet
           went
           he
           on
           thither
           by
           Land
           ,
           where
           he
           arrived
           at
           the
           Feast
           of
           Pentecost
           .
           Act.
           21.
           21
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           During
           his
           stay
           here
           he
           submitted
           to
           certain
           Iewish
           Ceremonies
           ,
           in
           order
           to
           win
           the
           Iews
           .
           But
           being
           found
           in
           the
           Temple
           ,
           by
           certain
           Jews
           of
           Asia
           ,
           was
           apprehended
           in
           a
           tumult
           ,
           and
           buffetted
           :
           but
           being
           rescued
           by
           Lysias
           the
           chief
           Captain
           ,
           and
           found
           to
           be
           a
           Romane
           ,
           was
           sent
           safe
           away
           from
           Ierusalem
           to
           Cesarea
           ;
           where
           at
           an
           hearing
           before
           one
           Foelix
           Prefect
           of
           Judea
           ,
           The
           High
           Priest
           and
           his
           Oratour
           accused
           him
           of
           great
           matters
           ,
           but
           could
           prove
           nothing
           .
           Act.
           24.
           1
           ,
           &c.
           
           Here
           Foelix
           condiscended
           
           himself
           to
           hear
           Paul
           preach
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           yet
           was
           not
           converted
           .
           But
           after
           two
           years
           Foelix
           going
           out
           of
           place
           ,
           left
           S.
           Paul
           in
           prison
           .
           S.
           Peter
           was
           in
           Aegypt
           ,
           and
           from
           Babylon
           in
           Aegypt
           wrote
           his
           first
           Epistle
           to
           the
           dispersed
           strangers
           .
           1
           Pet.
           1.
           1
           ,
           ch
           .
           5.
           15.
           
        
         
           Anno
           58
           
             Portius
             Festus
          
           was
           made
           Prefect
           of
           Iudea
           ,
           before
           whom
           S.
           Paul
           was
           accused
           a
           fresh
           ;
           but
           he
           appealed
           to
           Caesar.
           After
           this
           ,
           King
           Agrippa
           heard
           him
           preach
           ,
           but
           was
           only
           almost
           converted
           .
           Act.
           25.
           ch
           .
           26.
           
           But
           at
           end
           of
           the
           year
           S.
           Paul
           was
           shipped
           away
           for
           
             Rome
             .
             Act.
          
           27.
           1
           ,
           &c.
           
           And
           sayling
           by
           Zidon
           ,
           (
           48
           )
           so
           to
           
             Cyprus
             ,
             My●a
          
           (
           49
           )
           in
           Pamphilia
           ,
           (
           h
           )
           where
           he
           was
           put
           in
           a
           ship
           of
           Alexandria
           ,
           (
           50
           )
           and
           came
           to
           G●idas
           ,
           (
           51
           )
           thence
           by
           Salmona
           ,
           (
           52
           )
           and
           so
           Westwards
           to
           the
           Haven
           in
           Creta
           ,
           (
           u
           )
           called
           
             Fair
             havens
          
           ,
           (
           53
           )
           neer
           the
           City
           Lasea
           .
           (
           54
           )
           Here
           he
           admonished
           the
           company
           to
           Winter
           :
           but
           heeding
           him
           not
           ,
           they
           sailed
           on
           ,
           (
           hoping
           to
           Winter
           in
           Phenix
           )
           (
           55
           )
           unto
           an
           Isle
           called
           Clauda
           .
           (
           56
           )
           After
           this
           they
           had
           a
           very
           solitary
           Journey
           for
           14
           dayes
           together
           :
           and
           after
           all
           hope
           of
           life
           was
           past
           ,
           and
           the
           Ship
           utterly
           perished
           ,
           all
           the
           persons
           landed
           safe
           on
           the
           Isle
           Melita
           .
           (
           58
           )
           Here
           Publius
           Governour
           of
           the
           Isle
           was
           converted
           .
           Anno
           59
           S.
           Paul
           and
           all
           his
           company
           sayled
           thence
           to
           Syracuse
           .
           (
           59
           )
           thence
           to
           Rhegium
           ,
           (
           60
           )
           so
           to
           Puteoli
           .
           (
           61
           )
           Here
           they
           landed
           ,
           and
           travelled
           to
           Apiiforum
           ,
           (
           62
           )
           thence
           to
           the
           3
           Taverns
           ,
           (
           63
           )
           and
           so
           to
           Rome
           .
        
         
           Here
           S.
           Paul
           first
           preached
           to
           the
           Jews
           :
           but
           they
           being
           most
           of
           them
           hardned
           ,
           he
           preached
           two
           full
           years
           to
           the
           Gentiles
           :
           having
           liberty
           to
           dwell
           in
           an
           hyred
           house
           of
           his
           own
           ,
           having
           only
           one
           Soldier
           for
           his
           guard
           .
           Act.
           28.
           1
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           Anno
           60.
           
           He
           continues
           prisoner
           in
           Rome
           ,
           and
           this
           year
           he
           wrote
           the
           Epistle
           to
           the
           
             Galatians
             .
             Gal.
          
           1.
           1.
           
           And
           likewise
           he
           wrote
           to
           the
           
             Ephesians
             .
             Eph.
          
           1.
           1.
           
        
         
         
           Anno
           62.
           
           He
           was
           still
           prisoner
           ,
           but
           received
           dayly
           the
           benevolence
           of
           the
           Churches
           .
           Epaphroditus
           brought
           him
           the
           good
           will
           of
           the
           Philippians
           ;
           by
           whom
           he
           returned
           his
           Epistle
           to
           the
           
             Philippians
             .
             Phil.
          
           11.
           1.
           
           Then
           came
           Timothy
           with
           the
           alms
           of
           Ephesus
           .
           And
           a
           while
           after
           came
           Onesinus
           ,
           run
           away
           from
           his
           Master
           :
           by
           whom
           S.
           Paul
           returned
           the
           Epistle
           to
           Philemon
           .
           Then
           came
           Epaphras
           to
           Rome
           ,
           and
           not
           unlikely
           be
           brought
           with
           him
           the
           alms
           of
           the
           Colossians
           ,
           to
           whom
           be
           returned
           an
           Epistle
           ,
           sent
           by
           Tychicus
           of
           Colophon
           .
           And
           finally
           ,
           after
           2
           years
           imprisonment
           ,
           he
           came
           to
           a
           hearing
           before
           Nero
           :
           and
           though
           most
           of
           his
           friends
           fell
           off
           ,
           yet
           was
           he
           acquitted
           ;
           2
           Tim.
           4
           16
           ,
           17.
           
           And
           now
           being
           at
           liberty
           ,
           some
           think
           he
           prosecuted
           his
           Journey
           into
           Spain
           ,
           as
           he
           had
           promised
           .
           Rom.
           15.
           24.
           
        
         
           Anno
           63.
           
           He
           was
           in
           Spain
           ,
           or
           in
           his
           way
           thither
           ,
           preaching
           the
           Gospel
           .
           This
           year
           S.
           James
           at
           Jerusalem
           suffered
           martyrdome
           ,
           in
           whose
           place
           S.
           Simon
           his
           brother
           was
           chosen
           Bishop
           .
           
             Eus.
             Ecc.
             Hist.
          
           B.
           2.
           ch
           .
           11.
           
           &
           23.
           
           
             Ios.
             Ant
          
           B.
           20.
           ch
           .
           8.
           
           S.
           Paul
           in
           Gallia
           ordained
           Cresceus
           Bishop
           of
           
             Calcedon
             .
             Dor.
             Syn.
          
           
        
         
           Anno
           64.
           
           S.
           Paul
           out
           of
           Gallia
           took
           shipping
           ,
           and
           sayled
           into
           Greece
           .
        
         
           Anno
           65.
           
           S.
           Paul
           in
           Macedonia
           visited
           the
           Churches
           :
           and
           landed
           at
           Troas
           i●
           Asia
           ,
           where
           Carpus
           was
           Bishop
           .
           He
           left
           him
           his
           Cloak
           and
           certain
           parchment
           writings
           ,
           and
           went
           up
           into
           Phrygia
           ,
           unto
           Laodecea
           ,
           and
           from
           thence
           wrote
           his
           first
           Epistle
           to
           T●mothy
           ;
           at
           
             Ephesus
             .
             1
             Tim.
          
           3.
           14.
           15.
           promising
           shortly
           to
           come
           thither
           to
           him
           .
           But
           it
           fell
           out
           otherwise
           ;
           For
           in
           the
           mean
           time
           the
           news
           arriving
           of
           the
           persecutions
           ar
           R●me
           ,
           he
           leaving
           off
           all
           farther
           thought
           hasted
           to
           be
           there
           .
           And
           accordingly
           ,
           going
           from
           Laodicea
           
           to
           Miletum
           .
           There
           he
           left
           Trophimus
           one
           of
           his
           Companions
           sick
           .
           Hence
           he
           sailed
           away
           to
           Corinth
           ,
           where
           Erastus
           tarryed
           for
           him
           by
           appointment
           .
           2.
           
           Tim.
           4.
           20.
           
           And
           hence
           he
           sayled
           away
           to
           Rome
           ,
           where
           S.
           Peter
           also
           met
           him
           .
           In
           the
           meantime
           the
           poor
           Christians
           in
           Rome
           were
           crucified
           ,
           torn
           with
           beasts
           ,
           and
           burnt
           in
           fire
           .
           
             Tac.
             An.
          
           B.
           15.
           ch
           .
           44.
           
           But
           S.
           Paul
           at
           Rome
           greatly
           encouraged
           ,
           and
           so
           did
           S.
           Peter
           .
           From
           hence
           S.
           Paul
           at
           this
           time
           wrote
           his
           second
           Epistle
           to
           Timothy
           ,
           desiring
           his
           company
           .
        
         
           S.
           Paul
           was
           clapt
           up
           a
           prisoner
           ,
           betrayed
           by
           Alexander
           the
           Coppersmith
           of
           
             Ephesus
             .
             2
             Tim.
             4.
             14
             ,
             15.
             
             Demas
          
           forsook
           the
           Faith.
           
        
         
           Anno
           66.
           
           S.
           Peter
           and
           S.
           Paul
           were
           both
           prisoners
           at
           
             Rome
             .
             Timothy
          
           and
           Trophimus
           came
           to
           Rome
           to
           S.
           Paul.
           
        
         
           Anno
           67.
           
           June
           29.
           
           S.
           Peter
           was
           crucified
           with
           his
           head
           downwards
           ;
           and
           Olympas
           and
           Rhodion
           his
           companions
           suffered
           with
           him
           .
           S.
           Paul
           was
           beheaded
           ;
           and
           with
           him
           suffered
           his
           companions
           
             Aristarchus
             ,
             Trophimus
          
           ,
           and
           
             Pudens
             .
             Eus.
             Ecc.
             Hist.
          
           B.
           2.
           ch
           .
           25.
           
           Tertul.
           in
           Apol.
           ch
           .
           5.
           
           
             Dor.
             Syn.
          
           
        
         
           Thus
           ended
           the
           travels
           of
           this
           painful
           Father
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           spent
           some
           32
           years
           in
           preaching
           the
           Gospel
           :
           and
           had
           run
           over
           many
           thousands
           of
           miles
           by
           Land
           and
           Water
           for
           the
           promulgation
           thereof
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           History
           of
           JERUSALEM
           .
        
         
           BAbylon
           and
           Rome
           were
           not
           so
           much
           famed
           for
           their
           atchievements
           Warlike
           but
           Jerusalem
           was
           as
           famous
           as
           either
           ,
           and
           beyond
           them
           both
           for
           Stories
           Sacred
           and
           miraculous
           .
           She
           stands
           in
           account
           for
           Antiquity
           far
           beyond
           Rome
           and
           but
           a
           few
           years
           on
           this
           side
           the
           confusion
           of
           Tongues
           ;
           much
           of
           the
           same
           date
           with
           the
           City
           of
           Babylon
           :
           for
           according
           to
           the
           reckoning
           of
           Calistenes
           in
           his
           Letter
           to
           Aristotle
           from
           Babylon
           ,
           at
           what
           time
           it
           was
           taken
           by
           Alexander
           ,
           That
           this
           City
           had
           stood
           1903
           years
           .
           And
           according
           to
           this
           computation
           was
           Babylon
           founded
           some
           few
           years
           after
           the
           confusion
           .
           when
           ●●m
           passed
           over
           Euphrates
           ,
           with
           the
           
             Canaanites
             ,
             Mitsraimites
          
           ,
           and
           Phutites
           ,
           all
           following
           towards
           Egypt
           ,
           whereof
           Canaan
           dropt
           by
           the
           way
           ,
           and
           seated
           in
           the
           
             Holy
             Land.
          
           In
           this
           pleasant
           and
           most
           fertile
           Countrey
           the
           numerous
           Off-spring
           of
           these
           prophane
           Canaanites
           overspread
           themselves
           :
           and
           called
           it
           in
           parcels
           ,
           each
           Tribe
           after
           his
           Fathers
           name
           ;
           but
           remembring
           the
           whole
           Countrey
           by
           the
           name
           of
           their
           Grandsire
           Canaan
           .
           Here
           several
           of
           his
           Sons
           built
           Cities
           :
           among
           others
           Jebus
           built
           one
           ,
           and
           called
           it
           Jebus
           ,
           which
           some
           time
           after
           was
           called
           Jerusalem
           ,
           
           or
           Hierosolyma
           .
           The
           authour
           of
           the
           Book
           of
           Joshua
           remembers
           it
           by
           this
           name
           ;
           but
           then
           was
           it
           only
           for
           that
           this
           sacred
           Pen-man
           
           called
           it
           as
           it
           had
           the
           name
           in
           his
           own
           age
           wherein
           the
           writer
           lived
           ,
           and
           not
           as
           it
           was
           in
           the
           dayes
           of
           Iohsua
           .
           For
           until
           this
           City
           was
           conquered
           by
           K.
           David
           ,
           and
           established
           his
           Royal
           seat
           ,
           we
           find
           no
           other
           name
           it
           had
           but
           Iebus
           only
           :
           from
           whence
           the
           Conquerour
           called
           it
           after
           himself
           
             Kiriath
             David
          
           ,
           or
           the
           
             City
             of
             David
          
           .
           And
           under
           that
           name
           was
           it
           known
           all
           the
           daies
           of
           that
           famous
           King
           ,
           and
           after
           ,
           untill
           K.
           Solomon
           enlarged
           and
           beautified
           the
           City
           ,
           and
           adorned
           it
           with
           the
           sacred
           and
           never
           enough
           to
           be
           admired
           Temple
           of
           God
           therein
           ,
           which
           became
           more
           famous
           all
           over
           the
           World
           than
           ever
           was
           that
           one
           of
           the
           7
           Wonders
           of
           the
           World
           the
           huge
           Temple
           of
           Diana
           at
           Ephesus
           .
           Now
           by
           reason
           of
           these
           noble
           additions
           of
           Salomon
           ,
           and
           for
           that
           
           it
           was
           an
           embleme
           of
           this
           Princes
           most
           peaceable
           reign
           ,
           and
           more
           for
           that
           it
           was
           enriched
           with
           the
           most
           sacred
           Temple
           of
           Peace
           ,
           wherein
           all
           People
           were
           to
           make
           attonement
           for
           their
           sins
           in
           order
           to
           obtain
           their
           everlasting
           peace
           with
           God
           ,
           it
           was
           ever
           after
           called
           Hierosolyma
           in
           the
           Hebrew
           tongue
           ,
           which
           was
           as
           much
           as
           to
           say
           
             the
             Inheritance
             of
             Peace
          
           ,
           or
           
             the
             vision
             of
             Peace
          
           ;
           And
           such
           especially
           was
           it
           in
           the
           daies
           of
           our
           Saviour
           ,
           when
           the
           Peace
           of
           God
           which
           passeth
           all
           understanding
           was
           preached
           ,
           and
           seen
           there
           reigning
           .
           Phil.
           4.
           7.
           
        
         
           This
           City
           was
           held
           by
           the
           Iebusites
           while
           it
           was
           called
           Iebus
           ,
           from
           the
           year
           of
           its
           first
           foundation
           untill
           the
           taking
           thereof
           by
           K.
           David
           about
           1170
           years
           ,
           reckoning
           from
           about
           20
           or
           30
           years
           after
           the
           confusion
           ,
           or
           about
           120
           or
           130
           after
           N●●hs
           Floode
           at
           what
           time
           Jebus
           under
           his
           father
           Canaan
           sat
           down
           in
           those
           parts
           .
           After
           reigned
           here
        
         
           
             
               
                  
              
               
                 years
              
            
             
               
                 King
                 David
              
               
                 33.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 King
                 Solomon
                 son
                 of
                 David
              
               
                 40.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Rehoboam
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Solomon
                 .
              
               
                 17.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Abijam
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Rehoboam
              
               
                 3.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Asa
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Abijam
              
               
                 41
              
            
             
               
                 Jehoshaphat
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Asa
              
               
                 25
              
            
             
               
                 
                 Anion
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Manasseh
              
               
                 2.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Josiah
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Anion
              
               
                 31
              
            
             
               
                 Athalia
                 
                   Wife
                   of
                
                 Ahaziah
              
               
                 6
              
            
             
               
                 Joash
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Ahaziah
              
               
                 40.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Jehoram
                 together
                 with
                 his
                 Father
                 4
                 and
                 after
                 him
              
               
                 4.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Ahaziah
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Jehoram
              
               
                 1.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Amaziah
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Joash
              
               
                 29
              
            
             
               
                 Uzziah
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Amaziah
              
               
                 52.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Jothan
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Uzziah
              
               
                 16.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Ahaz
                 son
                 of
                 Jothan
                 under
                 his
                 Father
                 and
                 after
              
               
                 16.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Hezekiah
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Ahaz
              
               
                 92.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Manasseb
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Hezekiah
              
               
                 55
              
            
             
               
                 Jeheohaz
                 son
                 of
                 Josiah
                 3m
                 .
              
               
                 00
              
            
             
               
                 Jeboiakim
                 
                   brother
                   of
                
                 Jeho
                 .
              
               
                 11.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Jehoiachim
                 son
                 of
                 Jehoiachim
                 3
                 moneths
                 and
                 ten
                 days
              
               
                 00.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Zedekiah
                 
                   brother
                   of
                
                 Jehoia
                 .
              
               
                 11.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 And
                 after
                 one
                 year
                 more
                 followed
                 the
                 Captivity
              
               
                 1.
                 
              
            
          
        
         
           The
           whole
           sum
           of
           these
           times
           was
           463
           years
           and
           6
           moneths
           and
           10
           daies
           ,
           whereof
           390
           years
           were
           from
           the
           rebellion
           of
           the
           ten
           Tribes
           unto
           the
           Captivity
           ,
           and
           the
           33
           years
           of
           David
           ,
           40
           of
           Salomon
           ,
           and
           6
           moneths
           of
           Rehoboam
           before
           the
           rebellion
           made
           out
           the
           rest
           .
           Only
           the
           10
           daies
           were
           nothing
           else
           but
           so
           many
           dayes
           excess
           of
           one
           year
           ,
           wherein
           the
           Sun
           went
           backwards
           in
           the
           dayes
           of
           Ahaz
           .
        
         
           At
           the
           end
           of
           these
           years
           came
           the
           Caldeans
           from
           Babylon
           ,
           and
           utterly
           destroyed
           both
           City
           and
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           Kingdom
           and
           People
           .
           In
           the
           midst
           of
           his
           11
           year
           was
           K.
           Zedekiah
           taken
           ,
           and
           his
           children
           now
           slain
           before
           his
           face
           ,
           and
           finally
           his
           eyes
           put
           out
           ,
           and
           he
           ended
           his
           dayes
           in
           bondage
           .
           Ier.
           52.
           6.
           
           But
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           next
           year
           both
           City
           and
           Temple
           suffered
           by
           Fire
           :
           And
           yet
           not
           so
           but
           that
           the
           sacred
           Vessels
           were
           preserved
           ;
           only
           with
           the
           Citizens
           suffered
           they
           all
           like
           fate
           ,
           and
           were
           carryed
           away
           into
           captivity
           .
           
             Ier.
             52.
             12
             ,
             13.
             
             Ezek.
          
           33.
           21.
           
           After
           all
           this
           ,
           yet
           held
           out
           Gedalia
           one
           part
           of
           a
           year
           ,
           as
           Vassal
           to
           the
           Caldeans
           ;
           until
           by
           the
           end
           of
           the
           year
           he
           was
           slain
           by
           Ismael
           .
           The
           remainder
           of
           the
           People
           fled
           away
           into
           Aegypt
           ,
           and
           carryed
           Ieremiah
           the
           Prophet
           with
           them
           .
           Ier.
           43.
           
           Then
           sang
           the
           Prophet
           his
           lamentable
           Song
           ,
           
             Lam.
             Ieremiah
          
           ch
           .
           1.
           &c.
           
        
         
         
           70
           years
           lay
           this
           city
           desolate
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           countrey
           ruinate
           ,
           the
           walls
           were
           pulled
           down
           ,
           and
           the
           houses
           became
           meer
           ashes
           and
           rubbish
           :
           the
           Owl
           lodged
           there
           ,
           and
           the
           grass
           grew
           in
           the
           streets
           for
           want
           of
           Passengers
           to
           tread
           it
           down
           :
           the
           Trees
           bore
           all
           manner
           of
           fruit
           ,
           and
           yet
           rotted
           the
           Apples
           Pears
           and
           Plumbs
           for
           want
           of
           hands
           to
           pluck
           them
           :
           the
           Ground
           brought
           forth
           plenty
           of
           Herbs
           and
           Grass
           ,
           which
           withered
           to
           Earth
           again
           for
           want
           of
           mouths
           to
           eat
           it
           up
           :
           and
           Weeds
           grew
           every
           where
           in
           steed
           of
           Corn
           ,
           for
           want
           of
           People
           to
           till
           the
           Ground
           .
           And
           thus
           continued
           it
           until
           the
           Land
           had
           her
           fill
           of
           Sabbaths
           ,
           for
           70
           years
           time
           that
           it
           la●
           thus
           desolate
           .
           2
           
             Chron.
             36.
          
           21.
           
           During
           these
           times
           while
           the
           People
           were
           captive
           at
           Babylon
           reigned
           over
           these
           wasts
           Nebuchadnezzar
           25
           years
           .
           Evilmerodach
           his
           son
           28
           years
           .
           Belshazzar
           his
           sons
           son
           17
           years
           .
           2
           Chron.
           36.
           20.
           
        
         
           At
           the
           end
           of
           the
           14
           year
           of
           Belshazzar
           ,
           came
           Cyrus
           King
           of
           Persia
           ,
           and
           Darius
           the
           Median
           Prince
           ,
           and
           laid
           siege
           unto
           Babylon
           ,
           for
           3
           years
           together
           :
           At
           the
           end
           of
           which
           was
           Belshazzar
           drinking
           Wine
           in
           the
           holy
           Vessels
           of
           Gods
           Temple
           ,
           and
           making
           merry
           with
           his
           Whores
           in
           Babylon
           ,
           when
           the
           Hand-writing
           appeared
           on
           the
           Wall
           ,
           made
           him
           tremble
           for
           feat
           .
           And
           the
           night
           after
           
             (
             Cyrus
          
           having
           drained
           the
           River
           Euphrates
           dry
           ,
           )
           the
           city
           was
           taken
           ,
           and
           Belshazzar
           slain
           .
           Dan.
           5.
           
           And
           then
           reigned
           Darius
           1
           year
           .
           On
           that
           year
           was
           it
           Daniel
           the
           Prophet
           set
           himself
           to
           seek
           the
           Lord
           by
           Fasting
           and
           Prayer
           ,
           for
           that
           he
           had
           understood
           by
           Books
           ,
           that
           the
           70
           years
           were
           clean
           run
           out
           ,
           in
           order
           that
           the
           People
           might
           be
           restored
           again
           ,
           every
           man
           to
           his
           own
           city
           and
           countrey
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Temple
           and
           City
           might
           be
           restored
           .
           Dan.
           9.
           
           Immediately
           was
           this
           Prayer
           
           heard
           :
           and
           on
           the
           same
           year
           dyed
           King
           Darius
           .
           And
           Cyrus
           coming
           in
           place
           gave
           order
           for
           the
           return
           out
           of
           captivity
           .
           And
           accordingly
           the
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           and
           Vessels
           of
           the
           Temple
           being
           delivered
           up
           into
           the
           hands
           of
           Zerobabel
           ,
           they
           lost
           no
           time
           ,
           but
           immediately
           came
           away
           ,
           rejoycing
           for
           the
           good
           hope
           that
           God
           had
           given
           them
           .
        
         
           〈◊〉
           first
           year
           could
           they
           do
           but
           little
           more
           than
           set
           them
           up
           poor
           hutts
           to
           lodge
           〈…〉
           they
           were
           carrying
           away
           the
           Rubbish
           ,
           to
           lay
           the
           foundation
           of
           the
           Tem●●●
           〈◊〉
           congratulate
           their
           return
           one
           with
           another
           .
           The
           second
           year
           they
           went
           on
           〈◊〉
           with
           the
           re-edification
           of
           the
           Temple
           .
           And
           so
           the
           third
           ,
           untill
           the
           command
           〈…〉
           to
           forbear
           .
           Then
           had
           these
           (
           poor
           Strangers
           as
           yet
           in
           their
           〈…〉
           lament
           their
           hard
           hap
           ,
           that
           the
           house
           of
           God
           should
           stand
           only
           in
           〈…〉
           the
           naked
           walls
           ,
           without
           a
           roof
           .
           Thus
           it
           continued
           all
           the
           dayes
           of
           〈…〉
           his
           absence
           in
           Aegypt
           under
           the
           Mages
           ,
           and
           after
           that
           all
           the
           while
           〈…〉
           otherwise
           called
           Artaxerxes
           held
           Babylon
           against
           
             Darius
             Hystas●●
          
           〈…〉
           years
           .
           During
           these
           times
           the
           Jews
           built
           them
           houses
           in
           Ieru●●●
           〈…〉
           ●●lling
           ,
           until
           reproved
           by
           the
           Prophets
           Haggai
           and
           Zachariah
           ,
           〈…〉
           Darius
           after
           the
           Babilonion
           Rebel
           was
           overthrown
           ,
           they
           began
           〈…〉
           ;
           and
           were
           incouraged
           by
           the
           King.
           In
           5
           years
           space
           was
           〈…〉
           in
           2
           years
           more
           the
           Courts
           were
           compleated
           After
           〈…〉
           this
           City
           still
           rising
           into
           Beauty
           and
           Honour
           more
           and
           more
           ,
           〈…〉
           her self
           again
           :
           only
           still
           she
           b●●oaned
           her
           naked
           body
           〈…〉
           was
           the
           goodness
           of
           God
           ,
           that
           no
           sooner
           were
           the
           Streets
           
           made
           ready
           ,
           and
           the
           Houses
           finished
           in
           their
           order
           ,
           but
           the
           heart
           of
           the
           King
           of
           Persia
           favoured
           so
           far
           as
           to
           allow
           them
           Walls
           too
           .
           And
           to
           this
           purpose
           Nehemiah
           came
           with
           Commission
           to
           see
           it
           done
           .
        
         
           Thus
           rose
           this
           Phenix
           out
           of
           her
           Ashes
           ,
           after
           she
           had
           slept
           in
           Rubbish
           many
           years
           ,
           and
           like
           a
           Virgin
           she
           began
           to
           sing
           again
           for
           62
           weeks
           of
           years
           ,
           or
           434
           years
           ,
           until
           the
           comming
           of
           the
           Messiah
           .
           During
           these
           times
           were
           chief
           Rulers
           of
           Jerusalem
           and
           principal
           of
           the
           Sanedrim
           there
           ,
           and
           High
           Priests
           .
        
         
           
             
               
                 Rulers
              
               
                 years
              
            
             
               
                 Jerubabel
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Shealtiel
              
               
                 58
              
            
             
               
                 Rhesa
                 Meskullum
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Zarub
                 .
              
               
                 66
              
            
             
               
                 Johannab●n
                 Rhesa
              
               
                 54
              
            
             
               
                 Hir●anus
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Joham●●
              
               
                 14
              
            
             
               
                 Joseph
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Hir●anus
              
               
                 7
              
            
             
               
                 Abner
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Joseph
              
               
                 11
              
            
             
               
                 Mattathias
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Abner
              
               
                 12
              
            
             
               
                 Azarmahat
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Mat.
                 
              
               
                 9
              
            
             
               
                 Artarat
                 Naum
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Azar
              
               
                 10
              
            
             
               
                 Haggai
                 Eli.
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Nahum
              
               
                 8
              
            
             
               
                 Mas●t
                 Nahum
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Haggai
              
               
                 7
              
            
             
               
                 Amos
                 Sirah
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Mas●●●
              
               
                 14
              
            
             
               
                 Mattathias
                 Silea
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Amos
                 
                   called
                   in
                
                 Josephus
                 The●●hilus
              
               
                 1●
              
            
             
               
                 Joseph
                 Arses
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Mat.
                 
              
               
                 ●0
              
            
             
               
                 
                   ●anna
                   Hir●anus
                
                 son
                 of
                 Joseph
                 interrupted
                 by
                 
                   Antioch●●
                   Epip●●nes
                
                 fled
                 and
                 slew
                 himselfe
              
               
                 16
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Judas
                   Mac●abeus
                
                 son
                 of
                 
                 Mattathia●
                 ●●ood
                 up
                 in
                 defence
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 against
                 the
                 abomina●ion
                 introduced
                 by
                 
                   Antioc●us
                   Epiphanes
                
                 in
                 the
                 daies
                 of
                 Janna
                 and
                 after
                 Janna
                 was
                 dead
              
               
                 2
              
            
             
               
                 Judas
                 slain
                 Jonathan
                 his
                 brother
                 des●ndeth
              
               
                 14
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 High
                 Priests
              
               
                 years
              
            
             
               
                 Jesus
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Josedech
              
               
                 56
              
            
             
               
                 Joak●m
                 son
                 of
                 Jesus
                 who
                 officiated
                 under
                 his
                 Father
                 at
                 what
                 time
                 Holofernes
                 Head
                 was
                 cut
                 off
                 by
                 Judeth
                 .
                 And
                 in
                 whose
                 time
                 the
                 building
                 went
                 foreward
                 again
              
               
                 48
              
            
             
               
                 Elia●hib
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Joakim
              
               
                 21
              
            
             
               
                 Jehojada
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Eliashim
              
               
                 24
              
            
             
               
                 Johanan
                 son
                 of
                 Jehojada
                 whose
                 brother
                 Manasses
                 married
                 the
                 daughter
                 of
                 Sa●ballat
              
               
                 24
              
            
             
               
                 Joddus
                 son
                 of
                 Johanan
                 in
                 the
                 daies
                 of
                 Alexander
                 the
                 great
                 ,
              
               
                 14
              
            
             
               
                 Onias
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 J●ddus
              
               
                 21
              
            
             
               
                 Simon
                 
                   son
                   of
                
                 Onias
              
               
                 13
              
            
             
               
                 Eleazar
                 
                   brother
                   of
                
                 Simon
              
               
                 33
              
            
             
               
                 Manasses
                 Brother
                 of
                 Omas
                 and
                 Unkle
                 unto
                 Simon
                 and
                 E●●azar
                 the
                 High
                 Priest
              
               
                 15
              
            
             
               
                 Omias
                 ,
                 II
              
               
                 14
              
            
             
               
                 Simon
                 the
                 just
                 ,
                 son
                 of
                 Eleazar
              
               
                 10
              
            
             
               
                 Onias
                 III
                 son
                 of
                 Simon
                 the
                 just
              
               
                 39
              
            
             
               
                 Onias
                 basely
                 murdered
                 his
                 Brother
                 Jason
              
               
                 4
              
            
             
               
                 Mene●us
                 another
                 Brother
                 obtained
                 by
                 bribery
              
               
                 ●
              
            
             
               
                 Alcimus
                 a
                 stranger
                 held
                 the
                 High
                 Priesthood
              
               
                 ●
              
            
             
               
                 Alcimus
                 dead
                 there
                 was
                 no
                 H.
                 Pr.
                 
              
               
                 ●
              
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Rulers
                 ,
                 and
                 High
                 Priests
              
               
                 years
              
            
             
               
                 But
                 in
                 the
                 first
                 year
                 of
                 
                   Alexander
                   Pal●
                
                 King●
                 of
                 
                   Syria
                   .
                   Jonath●●
                
                 was
                 made
                 both
                 H
                 ▪
                 Priest
                 and
                 Governour
              
               
                 ●
              
            
             
               
                 Simon
                 brother
                 of
                 Jenathan
                 Governour
                 and
                 H
                 Priest
              
               
                 ●
              
            
             
               
                 Simon
                 slain
                 ,
                 John
                 son
                 of
                 S●●on
                 Governour
                 and
                 H.
                 Priest
              
               
                 31
              
            
             
               
                 John
                 sirnamed
                 Hircan●●
                 dead
                 ,
                 Aristobulus
                 his
                 son
                 was
                 king
                 and
                 H.
                 Priest
              
               
                 ●
              
            
             
               
                 Aristobulus
                 dead
                 
                   Jann●●s
                   Alexander
                
                 his
                 brother
                 King
                 and
                 H.
                 P.
                 
              
               
                 〈◊〉
              
            
             
               
                 Alex.
                 dead
                 Salome
                 his
                 wife
                 was
                 Queen
                 9.
                 and
                 Hircanus
                 son
                 of
                 Alex
                 H
                 P.
                 
              
               
                 9
              
            
             
               
                 Salome
                 dead
                 ,
                 Aristobulus
                 took
                 away
                 both
                 Kingdome
                 and
                 H.
                 Priesthood
                 from
                 his
                 elder
                 brother
                 Hircanus
                 and
                 held
              
               
                 5
              
            
             
               
                 Jerusalem
                 taken
                 by
                 Pompey
                 the
                 Roman
                 Aristob●
                 and
                 his
                 sons
                 were
                 taken
                 Prisoners
                 ,
                 and
                 Hircanus
                 was
                 made
                 King
                 and
                 H
                 Priest
                 again
              
               
                 21
              
            
             
               
                 Antigonus
                 son
                 of
                 Aristolulus
                 by
                 ayd
                 of
                 the
                 Parthians
                 was
                 King
                 and
                 H.
                 P.
                 
              
               
                 ●
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 Rulers
              
               
                 years
              
            
             
               
                 Her●d
                 son
                 of
                 Antipate●
                 the
                 Idum●●●
                 was
                 made
                 King
                 by
                 the
                 Senate
                 of
                 Rome
                 and
                 warred
                 upon
                 Antigo●us
                 all
                 his
                 time
              
            
             
               
                 Antigonus
                 slaine
                 Herod
                 reigned
              
               
                 39
              
            
             
               
                 In
                 time
                 of
                 this
                 Herod
                 was
                 
                   Jesus
                   Christ
                
                 born
                 at
                 Bethelem
              
            
             
               
                 Archelaus
                 son
                 of
                 great
                 Herod
              
               
                 5
              
            
             
               
                 He
                 deposed
                 .
                 Cop●nius
                 the
                 Roman
                 was
                 made
                 Govenour
              
               
                 3
              
            
             
               
                 M.
                 Ambivius
                 Governed
              
               
                 2
              
            
             
               
                 
                   A●
                   .
                   Rufus
                
                 Governed
              
               
                 2
              
            
             
               
                 Valerius
                 Gratus
                 under
                 Tib●●●t
              
               
                 11
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Pontius
                   Pilat
                
                 by
                 whom
                 Christ
                 was
                 crucifyed
              
               
                 11
              
            
             
               
                 M●●c●llus
              
               
                 2
              
            
             
               
                 Mar●llus
              
               
                 4
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Herod
                   Agrippa
                
                 was
                 King
                 of
                 all
                 Palestine
              
            
             
               
                 Cuspius
                 Fadus
                 Governed
              
               
                 3
              
            
             
               
                 Tiberius
                 Ale●●nder
              
               
                 2
              
            
             
               
                 Ventidus
                 Cumanus
              
               
                 3
              
            
             
               
                 Antonius
                 Foelix
              
               
                 7
              
            
             
               
                 Under
                 whom
                 S.
                 Paul
                 was
                 prisoner
                 
                   P●rticus
                   Festus
                
              
               
                 3
              
            
             
               
                 Albinus
              
               
                 2
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Gessius
                   Florus
                
                 under
                 whom
                 began
                 the
                 rebellion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
              
               
                 3
              
            
             
               
                 Vespatian
                 who
                 overcame
                 the
                 Jews
                 ▪
              
            
             
               
                 Titus
                 son
                 of
                 Vespatian
                 under
                 who●
                 the
                 City
                 and
                 Temple
                 ●ereburned
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 Lu●ius
                 Bassa
                 who
                 reduced
                 ●assad●
                 ▪
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 To●●
              
               
                 587
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 High
                 Priests
              
               
                 yers
              
            
             
               
                 Anancel
                 made
                 H.
                 Priest
                 by
                 Herod
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 Aristobulus
                 grandchild
                 to
                 Hircanus
                 1
                 ▪
              
            
             
               
                 He
                 drownded
                 by
                 command
                 of
                 
                   Herod
                   Anancel
                
                 held
                 again
              
               
                 9
              
            
             
               
                 Jesus
                 son
                 of
                 Fab●us
                 after
                 him
                 held
              
               
                 3
              
            
             
               
                 Simon
                 son
                 of
                 ●oethus
                 Father
                 in
                 law
                 of
                 Herod
              
               
                 19
              
            
             
               
                 Mattathias
                 son
                 of
                 Theophilus
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 During
                 this
                 year
                 Zacha●ias
                 the
                 Father
                 of
                 S.
                 
                   John
                   Baptist
                
                 efficiated
                 under
                 Mattathias
                 on
                 the
                 Fast
                 day
                 only
              
            
             
               
                 Joaz●●
                 son
                 of
                 
                   Simon
                   B●ethus
                
                 held
              
               
                 2
              
            
             
               
                 Eleaxer
                 brother
                 of
                 〈◊〉
              
               
                 3
              
            
             
               
                 Jesus
                 son
                 of
                 Sea
              
               
                 2
              
            
             
               
                 Annas
                 son
                 of
                 Sethi●
              
               
                 7
              
            
             
               
                 Ismael
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 Elea●●●
                 son
                 of
                 〈◊〉
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 Sim●●
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 Joseph
                 sirnamed
                 Cai●ph●●
                 son
                 i●
                 law
                 of
                 Annas
              
               
                 17
              
            
             
               
                 Jonathan
                 son
                 of
                 Annas
              
               
                 2
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 oph●lus
                 
                   brother
                   of
                
                 Jonathan
              
               
                 5
              
            
             
               
                 Simon
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 Nattath●●
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 Ae●●neus
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 Simon
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 Joseph
              
               
                 ●
              
            
             
               
                 Ananias
                 son
                 of
                 Na●●deus
              
               
                 ●
              
            
             
               
                 Ismael
              
               
                 5
              
            
             
               
                 Ananias
                 son
                 of
                 Annas
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 Jesus
              
               
                 ●
              
            
             
               
                 Jesus
                 son
                 of
                 Gama●●●
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 Mattathias
              
               
                 6
              
            
             
               
                 Phanes
                 a
                 man
                 of
                 lov
                 degree
                 during
                 the
                 sledge
              
               
                 1
              
            
             
               
                 No
                 body
                 for
              
               
                 2
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Total
              
               
                 583
              
            
          
        
         
         
           Thus
           was
           the
           Goverment
           of
           Jerusalem
           ordered
           by
           the
           Rulers
           and
           Priests
           during
           th●se
           times
           ,
           untill
           the
           day
           came
           of
           the
           utter
           subversion
           thereof
           .
           During
           the
           Persian
           Monarchy
           she
           saw
           but
           few
           evil
           days
           .
           In
           the
           days
           of
           King
           
             Artaxexes
             Longhand
          
           ,
           there
           was
           one
           Haman
           son
           of
           Hamedatha
           the
           Aggagite
           ,
           who
           was
           in
           danger
           to
           have
           undon
           the
           whole
           Nation
           of
           the
           lews
           all
           the
           Worldover
           .
           But
           by
           the
           goodhand
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           means
           of
           Queen
           Esther
           and
           Mordica
           that
           cloud
           happily
           blew
           over
           .
           (
           See
           the
           Book
           of
           
             Esther
             .
          
           )
           This
           was
           some
           few
           years
           before
           the
           comming
           of
           Nehemiah
           to
           restore
           the
           Walls
           of
           Jerusalem
           .
           For
           that
           commission
           of
           Nehemiah
           by
           favour
           of
           this
           Queen
           Esther
           was
           procured
           :
           
             (
             Nehem.
          
           2.
           6.
           
           In
           these
           days
           lived
           Judith
           of
           Bethulia
           ,
           a
           very
           famous
           Woman
           :
           this
           was
           she
           who
           cut
           off
           the
           head
           of
           Holifernes
           .
           This
           Holifernes
           was
           a
           great
           Commander
           General
           under
           Nabochodonozor
           :
           And
           that
           Nebochodonozor
           reigned
           at
           Babylon
           ,
           during
           the
           time
           of
           King
           Darius
           at
           Susha●
           in
           Persia
           ,
           and
           rebelled
           against
           the
           King
           of
           Persia.
           And
           during
           this
           rebellion
           having
           vanquished
           one
           Arphaxad
           a
           Deputy
           Prince
           of
           Media
           ,
           under
           Darius
           ,
           he
           waxed
           proud
           ,
           and
           sent
           Holofernes
           out
           Westward
           against
           Judea
           ,
           and
           others
           ;
           while
           himself
           made
           head
           against
           the
           Persians
           .
           But
           this
           Holofernes
           perishing
           ,
           being
           over
           witted
           by
           
             Judith
             ,
          
           (
           Judith
           ●1
           .
           ch
           2.
           &c.
           )
           Nabochodonozor
           was
           vanquished
           by
           Darius
           ,
           and
           finally
           being
           shut
           up
           in
           Babylon
           was
           betrayed
           by
           Zopuras
           :
           And
           Darius
           reigned
           overall
           .
           Herodiat
           .
           B.
           1.
           
           And
           in
           the
           second
           year
           after
           this
           ,
           was
           that
           second
           of
           Darius
           ,
           at
           what
           time
           the
           building
           of
           the
           Temple
           went
           forward
           .
           Ez.
           6.
           
           After
           this
           lived
           Judith
           some
           70
           years
           or
           more
           into
           the
           reign
           of
           
             Darius
             Nothus
          
           ,
           during
           all
           which
           time
           none
           made
           the
           children
           of
           Israel
           afraid
           .
           nor
           of
           a
           long
           time
           after
           Judith
           .
           16.
           25.
           
           In
           the
           days
           of
           
             Artaxerxes
             Ochus
          
           there
           was
           one
           Bagoses
           who
           was
           Lievetenant
           to
           the
           King
           of
           Persia
           in
           these
           parts
           who
           came
           to
           Jerusalem
           ,
           and
           threatned
           somwhat
           :
           the
           reason
           was
           because
           of
           Jonathan
           the
           H.
           Priest
           who
           had
           
           ●lain
           his
           brother
           Manasseh
           ,
           for
           that
           Manasseh
           had
           〈◊〉
           a
           daughter
           of
           Sanballar
           ,
           of
           Sa●aria
           ,
           and
           contended
           with
           him
           for
           the
           Priesthood
           
             Jos.
             Ant.
             Neh.
          
           13.
           28.
           
           But
           when
           Alexander
           gat
           the
           Empyre
           ,
           Sanballat
           got
           the
           start
           of
           the
           Jews
           ,
           and
           having
           opportunity
           by
           the
           foretop
           ,
           struck
           in
           with
           the
           Conquerour
           ,
           and
           incensed
           him
           against
           them
           .
           But
           as
           Alexander
           lay
           before
           
             Gaza
             ,
             Sanballat
          
           dyed
           before
           the
           walls
           thereof
           ,
           and
           missed
           of
           his
           will
           ,
           to
           see
           his
           ends
           upon
           the
           Jews
           accomplished
           .
           Howbeit
           Alexander
           having
           mastered
           Gaza
           came
           against
           Jerusalem
           in
           great
           wrath
           .
           But
           Jaddus
           being
           H.
           Priest
           at
           that
           time
           ,
           came
           out
           of
           the
           City
           in
           his
           Priestly
           robes
           to
           meet
           him
           :
           whom
           Alexander
           no
           sooner
           saw
           ,
           but
           his
           wrath
           turned
           all
           to
           reverence
           .
           For
           having
           afore
           dreamt
           of
           just
           such
           a
           person
           ,
           as
           soon
           as
           he
           saw
           him
           ,
           he
           remembred
           his
           dream
           and
           ▪
           doing
           him
           great
           honour
           left
           also
           noble
           marks
           of
           his
           curtesie
           behind
           him
           at
           
             Jerusalem
             .
             Jos.
             Ant.
          
           But
           Alexand●r
           being
           dead
           
             Ptolomeus
             Lagus
          
           Lord
           of
           Aegypt
           was
           not
           so
           civil
           ;
           For
           he
           coming
           upon
           the
           City
           upon
           the
           Sabbath
           day
           while
           they
           made
           no
           defence
           took
           his
           advantage
           of
           their
           superstition
           ,
           and
           surprized
           the
           City
           ,
           and
           made
           the
           Citizens
           his
           captives
           ,
           and
           carryed
           away
           many
           prisoners
           of
           them
           into
           
             Aegypt
             .
             Jos.
             Ant.
          
           Yet
           the
           next
           year
           Antigonus
           got
           away
           this
           City
           from
           Ptolomy
           again
           ,
           And
           now
           was
           a
           very
           bad
           time
           with
           the
           Jews
           ,
           for
           Palestine
           lying
           〈◊〉
           the
           mid
           way
           between
           Syria
           and
           Aegypt
           ,
           it
           was
           an
           apt
           prey
           unto
           whom
           soever
           was
           Conquerour
           .
           And
           thus
           somtimes
           the
           Egyptians
           were
           their
           Lords
           ,
           and
           otherwhiles
           the
           Syria●s
           ;
           but
           both
           ways
           the
           Jews
           were
           slaves
           .
           
             Jos.
             Ant.
             Dan.
          
           5.
           6.
           
           &c.
           Until
           in
           the
           end
           ,
           Ptolomeus
           having
           utterly
           routed
           Antigonus
           ,
           enjoyed
           whole
           Palestine
           in
           peace
           .
           After
           him
           
             Ptol.
             Philadelphus
          
           held
           it
           ,
           who
           did
           the
           Jews
           much
           honour
           ,
           and
           caused
           the
           famous
           translation
           of
           the
           old
           Testament
           into
           the
           Greek
           tongue
           by
           the
           
             Septuagint
             .
             J●s
             .
             Ant.
             〈◊〉
             Chr●●
             ▪
          
           After
           Philadelphus
           held
           
             Pt.
             Ever●●●
          
           all
           his
           time
           in
           whose
           time
           Jesus
           son
           of
           〈◊〉
           wrote
           his
           Book
           called
           〈◊〉
           .
           But
           
           〈◊〉
           called
           the
           great
           ;
           disturbed
           〈…〉
           away
           the
           whole
           Country
           from
           Epiphanes
           his
           son
           ,
           yet
           shewed
           kindness
           to
           the
           jews
           ,
           
             J●s
             .
             Ant.
             ●●n
          
           .
           11.
           13.
           
           For
           〈◊〉
           having
           oppressed
           them
           ,
           they
           m●te
           aptly
           complyed
           with
           〈◊〉
           .
           Dan.
           1.
           14.
           
           But
           the
           son
           of
           this
           Antiochees
           called
           Ephiphanes
           ,
           was
           a
           bloudy
           persecuter
           ,
           who
           poltuted
           the
           
             Sanctuary
             of
             the
             most
             High
             ,
             and
             took
             away
             the
             dayly
             Sacrifice
             ,
             and
             set
             up
             the
             abominations
             of
             〈◊〉
             ,
             for
             the
             space
             of
             〈◊〉
             thousand
             and
             two
             hundred
             days
             .
             Dan.
             11.
             31.
             
             &
          
           8.
           11
           ,
           12
           ,
           13
           ,
           14.
           and
           made
           havock
           of
           the
           People
           of
           Jerusalem
           ,
           killing
           and
           carrying
           away
           captives
           ,
           and
           compelling
           them
           to
           sacrifice
           to
           Idols
           ,
           until
           few
           of
           them
           were
           left
           .
           ●
           .
           
             Mac.
             1.
             2.
             
             Mat.
          
           5.
           
           These
           were
           bitter
           〈◊〉
           and
           comparable
           to
           the
           daies
           of
           the
           Bayb●ni●ns
           or
           worse
           ,
           until
           
             Judas
             〈◊〉
          
           and
           his
           br●thren
           with
           a
           smal
           help
           stood
           up
           and
           adventured
           their
           lives
           for
           the
           law
           of
           God
           ;
           and
           did
           wonders
           ,
           and
           cleansed
           the
           alter
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           restored
           religion
           
             Dan.
             8.
             14.
             ch
             11.
             34.
             
             Jos.
             Ant.
             1
             Ma●
             .
          
           4.
           this
           Judas
           spent
           his
           life
           in
           fighting
           Gods
           battels
           and
           was
           victorious
           ▪
           and
           after
           him
           Jonathan
           his
           brother
           did
           the
           like
           ,
           and
           got
           ground
           and
           became
           famous
           ,
           untill
           he
           was
           basely
           murd●●d
           by
           〈◊〉
           .
           But
           Simon
           another
           brother
           cast
           out
           the
           Gentiles
           from
           the
           holy
           City
           ,
           and
           restored
           Jerusalem
           and
           the
           worship
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           from
           this
           time
           foreward
           once
           again
           began
           the
           Jews
           to
           be
           their
           own
           masters
           ,
           and
           to
           give
           laws
           to
           their
           neighbour
           Princes
           .
           1
           
             Mat.
             13.
             
             Jos.
             Ant.
             B.
          
           13.
           ch
           .
           ●1
           .
           Yet
           this
           Simon
           was
           also
           slain
           by
           treachery
           .
           1
           Mat.
           ch
           .
           last
           ▪
           But
           his
           〈…〉
           John
           revenged
           〈…〉
           ,
           and
           grew
           great
           and
           prevailed
           against
           the
           
             syrians
             J●s
             .
             Ant.
          
           B.
           11.
           〈◊〉
           15
           and
           let
           his
           〈…〉
           his
           eldest
           son
           .
           This
           man
           would
           be
           called
           King
           ,
           but
           dyed
           after
           one
           year●
           〈◊〉
           and
           Alexander
           his
           brother
           succeeded
           him
           ,
           who
           〈◊〉
           with
           the
           Syrians
           and
           his
           one
           rebellious
           subjects
           27
           years
           .
           Before
           these
           times
           the
           Jews
           were
           grow●
           famous
           for
           skill
           and
           knowledge
           ,
           and
           that
           especially
           in
           d●●ine
           things
           ▪
           In
           the
           return
           from
           captivity
           〈…〉
           famous
           
           Scribe
           ;
           or
           a
           great
           learned
           man
           ,
           E●r
           .
           7.
           6.
           after
           him
           rose
           up
           Simon
           the
           just
           ,
           a
           great
           promoter
           of
           learning
           Eccl.
           1.
           50.
           
           After
           him
           followed
           
             Antigonus
             Socheus
          
           ;
           This
           man
           was
           zealous
           of
           Gods
           law
           ,
           and
           had
           many
           followers
           .
           But
           all
           zealots
           are
           not
           so
           holy
           as
           they
           seeme
           ,
           for
           from
           this
           corrupted
           zeal
           sprang
           up
           the
           Pharisees
           .
           Amongst
           others
           was
           one
           Sadoc
           scholar
           of
           Ant●gonus
           ,
           who
           yet
           in
           the
           end
           wearyed
           with
           the
           strict
           life
           of
           religion
           ,
           fell
           off
           ,
           and
           became
           the
           Father
           of
           the
           Sadducees
           ,
           
             John
             Hircanus
          
           the
           H.
           Priest
           being
           vexed
           with
           the
           insolencies
           of
           the
           Pharisees
           ,
           became
           a
           professed
           Sadduce
           ,
           and
           so
           his
           sons
           after
           him
           .
           But
           in
           the
           days
           of
           this
           Alexander
           the
           Pharisees
           were
           so
           popular
           that
           they
           gave
           law
           to
           the
           King
           him self
           ,
           and
           occasioned
           him
           many
           stirs
           and
           troubles
           .
           After
           
             Alex●nder
             ,
             S●lome
          
           his
           Wife
           reigned
           some
           years
           ,
           but
           she
           dead
           ,
           Aristobulus
           the
           yonger
           son
           was
           very
           troublesome
           ,
           and
           put
           his
           elder
           brother
           besides
           the
           Throne
           ▪
           But
           in
           those
           days
           came
           Pompey
           the
           great
           into
           Syria
           ,
           in
           persuit
           of
           his
           conquests
           ,
           and
           taking
           advantage
           of
           the
           disorders
           among
           the
           Jews
           took
           Jerusalem
           ,
           and
           prophaned
           the
           Temple
           with
           his
           presence
           ,
           and
           left
           them
           in
           servitude
           of
           the
           Romans
           .
           After
           a
           while
           came
           Crassus
           by
           in
           his
           Parthian
           expedition
           ,
           and
           robd
           the
           Temple
           .
           But
           in
           the
           end
           Herod
           the
           son
           of
           Antipater
           an
           Edomite
           ,
           a
           man
           of
           base
           and
           mean
           parentage
           procured
           the
           Kingdom
           by
           craft
           and
           good
           Fortune
           ,
           and
           reigned
           many
           years
           .
           At
           latter
           end
           of
           his
           time
           was
           
             Jesus
             Christ
          
           born
           .
           In
           these
           daies
           flourished
           this
           City
           of
           Jerusalem
           in
           wealth
           ,
           peace
           ,
           and
           honour
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           in
           all
           manner
           of
           wisdom
           and
           knowledge
           :
           Only
           the
           Jews
           could
           not
           be
           contented
           ,
           being
           under
           the
           authoritie
           of
           this
           stranger
           ,
           and
           swayed
           by
           the
           Roman
           power
           
             Jos.
             Ant.
             Luke
             ●
          
           .
           5.
           
           But
           alass
           ,
           their
           pride
           was
           far
           a
           greater
           mischief
           to
           them
           than
           their
           slavery
           .
           For
           that
           notwithstanding
           ,
           they
           enjoyed
           liberty
           ,
           and
           plenty
           ,
           but
           by
           means
           of
           this
           they
           could
           not
           receive
           Christ
           ,
           and
           so
           lost
           that
           liberty
           he
           brought
           them
           from
           Heaven
           .
           For
           whilst
           God
           Almighty
           presented
           them
           with
           a
           greater
           treasure
           than
           ever
           the
           world
           knew
           before
           ,
           besides
           ,
           
           or
           since
           ,
           so
           over-wise
           were
           they
           in
           their
           own
           eyes
           that
           they
           despised
           it
           .
           Jo●
           .
           1.
           11.
           
           Now
           was
           this
           City
           the
           happiest
           City
           in
           all
           the
           World
           ,
           had
           she
           but
           known
           her
           own
           happiness
           ,
           wherein
           it
           lay
           ,
           and
           when
           she
           was
           well
           .
           Happy
           was
           she
           in
           her
           strength
           of
           walls
           ,
           and
           strength
           of
           hands
           within
           those
           walls
           ,
           happy
           in
           her
           wealth
           ,
           and
           happy
           in
           her
           peace
           ,
           happy
           in
           her
           stately
           stree●s
           ,
           but
           happyer
           in
           the
           rarest
           and
           richest
           Temple
           that
           ever
           eyes
           heheld
           ,
           but
           infinitely
           beyond
           all
           these
           ,
           happyest
           in
           that
           the
           ever
           blessed
           Saviour
           of
           the
           World
           was
           come
           among
           them
           ,
           and
           taught
           them
           in
           that
           Temple
           the
           doctrine
           of
           peace
           and
           eternal
           life
           .
           
             Zac.
             9.
             9.
             
             Mat.
          
           21.
           5.
           
           &c.
           9
           &c.
           Ah
           ,
           but
           they
           knew
           not
           the
           things
           that
           belonged
           unto
           their
           peace
           when
           that
           day
           was
           ,
           and
           therefore
           hence
           forward
           was
           it
           hid
           from
           their
           eyes
           :
           And
           therefore
           was
           it
           foretold
           what
           the
           enemy
           should
           do
           unto
           them
           ,
           and
           how
           the
           days
           should
           come
           wherein
           one
           stone
           should
           not
           be
           left
           upon
           another
           ,
           of
           all
           the
           goodly
           buildings
           she
           had
           to
           be
           proud
           of
           .
           Luk.
           9.
           41
           ,
           42
           ,
           43.
           ch
           .
           21.
           6.
           
           And
           accordingly
           so
           it
           came
           to
           pass
           .
        
         
           Forty
           yeary
           under
           the
           type
           of
           forty
           daies
           ,
           God
           had
           promised
           to
           beare
           the
           〈◊〉
           
             of
             the
             house
             of
             Judah
             .
             Ezek
          
           4.
           6.
           
           An
           this
           seemed
           to
           be
           fulfilled
           at
           this
           time
           :
           For
           so
           many
           years
           bearing
           dare
           from
           the
           murder
           of
           Christ
           ,
           unto
           the
           final
           destruction
           of
           the
           Jews
           were
           fulfiled
           .
           In
           the
           year
           of
           Christ
           32
           fulfilled
           and
           33
           current
           was
           our
           Saviour
           crucified
           ,
           the
           Jews
           crying
           out
           to
           
             Pontius
             Pilat
          
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             his
             bloud
             be
             on
             us
             ,
             and
             on
             our
             children
             ,
             Mat.
          
           27.
           25.
           
           And
           many
           years
           after
           this
           went
           away
           these
           murderers
           ,
           with
           their
           wiped
           mouths
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           had
           done
           no
           hurt
           .
           And
           the
           Apostles
           and
           other
           disciples
           of
           Christ
           were
           some
           killed
           ,
           and
           others
           imprisoned
           and
           persecuted
           from
           place
           to
           place
           ,
           and
           yet
           still
           went
           these
           away
           ,
           no
           man
           questioning
           ought
           that
           they
           had
           done
           .
           But
           as
           these
           40
           years
           began
           to
           grow
           on
           ,
           so
           vengance
           began
           to
           draw
           upon
           this
           ungratefull
           people
           ;
           and
           first
           like
           a
           gathering
           cloud
           it
           hovered
           over
           head
           ,
           and
           shed
           its
           drops
           round
           
           about
           Jerusalem
           ,
           before
           the
           City
           it self
           was
           washed
           with
           its
           bloudie
           shower
           .
           The
           first
           after
           Christ
           ,
           death
           who
           felt
           this
           lowring
           vengance
           were
           the
           Jews
           at
           Rome
           ,
           who
           being
           detected
           in
           certain
           treacheries
           upon
           one
           Fulvia
           a
           noble
           Lady
           of
           Rome
           ,
           and
           complanied
           on
           to
           Tiberius
           the
           Emperour
           by
           
             S.
             ●arnius
          
           the
           Ladies
           husband
           :
           All
           the
           Iews
           of
           Rome
           for
           the
           sake
           of
           those
           few
           faulty
           were
           banished
           ,
           slaughtered
           ,
           and
           driven
           into
           Sardinia
           ,
           to
           the
           number
           of
           many
           thousands
           ,
           
             Jos.
             Ant.
          
           B
           18
           ch
           .
           5.
           
           Next
           unto
           these
           the
           Iews
           of
           Alexandria
           upon
           a
           trifling
           quarrel
           in
           the
           daies
           of
           Caius
           the
           Emp.
           for
           3
           years
           together
           were
           continually
           persecuted
           ,
           with
           scornes
           ,
           robberies
           ,
           slaughters
           ,
           and
           exile
           ,
           unto
           an
           infinite
           loss
           both
           of
           wealth
           and
           bloud
           .
           
             Phil.
             Jud.
             in
             his
             second
             B.
             of
             virtues
             .
             Jos.
             Ant
             B.
             1●
             .
             ch
             .
          
           10.
           
           After
           this
           ,
           about
           the
           beginning
           of
           Claudius
           the
           Iews
           at
           
             Babylon
             in
             Caldea
          
           followed
           the
           same
           fate
           ,
           suffering
           the
           slaughter
           of
           many
           thousands
           ,
           until
           the
           survivers
           escaped
           thence
           int●
           Seleucia
           .
           But
           here
           too
           at
           5
           years
           end
           ,
           both
           Greeks
           and
           Syrians
           fell
           upon
           them
           at
           once
           ,
           and
           〈◊〉
           of
           them
           more
           than
           50000.
           men
           ,
           Thence
           fled
           the
           escaped
           remnant
           to
           Ctesiphon
           ,
           but
           here
           〈◊〉
           Nations
           joyned
           together
           against
           them
           ,
           drove
           them
           away
           to
           the
           strong
           holds
           of
           Nearda
           ,
           and
           
             Nisibis
             .
             Jos.
             Ant.
          
           B.
           18.
           ch
           .
           12.
           
           After
           this
           Jerusalem
           began
           to
           feel
           woo
           too
           ,
           For
           in
           the
           days
           of
           C●manus
           the
           Govenour
           ,
           by
           means
           of
           a
           quarrel
           with
           the
           Centinel
           at
           the
           Temple
           gate
           were
           20000
           men
           slain
           at
           the
           Passeover
           time
           .
           Next
           in
           the
           time
           of
           Foelix
           the
           Govenour
           were
           many
           quarrels
           and
           slaughters
           both
           at
           Jerusalem
           and
           
             Cesarea
             ,
             Jos.
             Ant
          
           B.
           20.
           ch
           .
           4.
           ch
           .
           6.
           7.
           8.
           
           But
           as
           the
           40
           years
           grew
           nearer
           up
           ,
           finally
           came
           
             Gessius
             Florus
          
           in
           the
           reign
           of
           Nero
           to
           be
           Govenour
           of
           Jerusalem
           ,
           who
           as
           if
           he
           had
           made
           it
           his
           business
           to
           pick
           quarrels
           with
           them
           ,
           gave
           himself
           wholy
           to
           bloud
           and
           rapine
           .
           In
           the
           21th
           of
           Nero
           and
           6●th
           of
           Christ
           ,
           were
           many
           thousand
           Jews
           slain
           by
           this
           mans
           meanes
           at
           Cesarea
           .
           And
           a
           while
           after
           the
           persecution
           following
           to
           Jerusalem
           ,
           there
           those
           noble
           Iews
           who
           had
           the
           honour
           of
           Roman
           Knighthood
           ,
           yet
           could
           not
           escape
           the
           lash
           of
           Florus
           ,
           
           but
           by
           publique
           whipping
           and
           murder
           many
           perished
           .
           But
           these
           were
           but
           beginning
           of
           sorows
           ▪
           
             Jos.
             of
             the
             warrs
          
           .
           ch
           .
           13.
           14.
           15.
           
           Hence
           presently
           the
           wars
           broke
           out
           ,
           And
           as
           if
           all
           Nations
           had
           hated
           the
           Iews
           ,
           and
           were
           glad
           of
           the
           oppertunity
           ,
           in
           all
           places
           presently
           they
           began
           to
           slaughter
           them
           :
           at
           Cesarea
           the
           Syriaus
           slew
           20000.
           
           Iews
           ,
           and
           at
           Scythopol●●
           the
           inhabitants
           slew
           13000.
           more
           of
           them
           ,
           at
           As●a●on
           they
           slew
           10000
           ,
           at
           Ptol●mais
           20000
           ,
           at
           Tyrus
           ,
           a
           great
           many
           ,
           and
           so
           at
           Gadara●
           at
           Alexandria
           the
           old
           grudge
           revived
           and
           the
           Greeks
           and
           Egyptians
           there
           slew
           50000.
           
           
             Cestius
             Gallus
          
           burnt
           and
           spoyled
           the
           City
           
             Zo●●lon
             〈◊〉
             Gallus
          
           slew
           2000
           in
           Asamon
           ,
           and
           
             C●sti●s
             8000.
          
           more
           in
           Ioppa
           ;
           at
           Damascus
           were
           slain
           10000
           〈◊〉
           Govenour
           of
           Askelon
           slew
           in
           barrle
           10000
           at
           one
           time
           ,
           and
           8000
           at
           another
           
             Ios.
             〈…〉
          
           .
           B
           2
           ch
           .
           16
           ,
           17
           ,
           18
           ,
           &c.
           B.
           3
           ch
           ●
           .
           After
           this
           came
           Vespotian
           into
           Gallile
           ,
           and
           wasted
           the
           Countrie
           ,
           took
           Gadara
           and
           killed
           without
           mercy
           :
           Titus
           his
           son
           slew
           15000
           Iews
           at
           〈…〉
           took
           〈◊〉
           and
           slew
           there
           40000
           men
           ,
           a●
           .
           Joppa
           perished
           by
           shipwrack
           and
           slaughter
           4200
           at
           Tarich●a
           upon
           the
           lake
           were
           slain
           and
           taken
           captives
           above
           13000.
           men
           and
           at
           〈◊〉
           perished
           9000
           more
           ,
           and
           at
           Gis●ala
           5000.
           were
           ●●ain
           and
           taken
           captives
           .
           In
           the
           13th
           year
           of
           
             Nero
             ,
             Gadir●
          
           was
           taken
           a
           second
           time
           ,
           and
           15000.
           
           Iews
           were
           slain
           and
           taken
           captives
           there
           Next
           ,
           at
           〈…〉
           perished
           10000.
           and
           1000
           captives
           .
           And
           lastly
           at
           〈◊〉
           and
           thereabout
           followed
           great
           slaughters
           
             J●s
             of
             the
             war.
          
           B.
           3.
           ch
           .
           4.
           6.
           11.
           12.
           
           1●
           .
           16.
           &c
           B.
           4
           ch
           .
           1.
           3
           ,
           4
           ,
           5
           ,
           6.
           
           But
           now
           a
           while
           some
           intermission
           happening
           unto
           these
           slaughters
           by
           meanes
           ,
           of
           〈…〉
           absence
           ,
           yet
           great
           slaughters
           and
           Opression
           reigned
           at
           Jerusalem
           by
           reason
           of
           seditious
           Tyrants
           arising
           from
           among
           themselves
           ,
           with
           these
           joyned
           the
           Idumeans
           who
           slew
           great
           numbers
           of
           the
           Iewish
           Nobility
           ,
           
             Jos.
             of
             th●●ar
          
           B.
           4.
           ch
           .
           5.
           6.
           7.
           
           B
           ,
           5.
           1.
           7.
           
           B.
           6.
           
           ●
           .
           But
           in
           the
           first
           of
           Vespatian
           the
           Emperour
           and
           70th
           o●
           Christ
           the
           Iews
           from
           all
           parts
           of
           the
           World
           were
           assembled
           at
           the
           feast
           of
           the
           Passeover
           at
           Jerusalem
           ,
           
           at
           what
           time
           Titus
           came
           with
           his
           armie
           and
           shut
           them
           in
           with
           a
           close
           seidge
           .
           Now
           after
           various
           success
           ,
           and
           much
           slaughter
           on
           both
           sides
           ,
           on
           the
           7th
           of
           May
           ,
           the
           Romans
           brok
           down
           the
           outward
           wall
           ,
           and
           took
           the
           new
           City
           ;
           on
           the
           12th
           of
           May
           he
           took
           the
           second
           wall
           ,
           but
           lost
           it
           again
           ,
           but
           on
           the
           15
           he
           took
           it
           and
           kept
           it
           ,
           and
           with
           it
           gained
           all
           the
           lower
           City
           ,
           After
           this
           followed
           grievious
           Famine
           in
           the
           higher
           City
           :
           600000
           men
           were
           publiquely
           burryed
           in
           the
           City
           ,
           besides
           what
           in
           private
           .
           A
           bushel
           of
           corn
           was
           sold
           for
           600
           crowns
           ,
           and
           the
           dung
           of
           Oxen
           was
           an
           excellent
           dish
           in
           those
           days
           .
           But
           during
           these
           afflictions
           on
           the
           5th
           of
           July
           the
           Romans
           took
           ,
           the
           Fort
           Antonia
           .
           Then
           began
           the
           women
           to
           eat
           their
           own
           children
           for
           hunger
           .
           And
           the
           men
           dropt
           down
           dead
           as
           they
           walked
           in
           the
           streets
           .
           On
           the
           8th
           of
           August
           the
           Temple
           was
           taken
           ,
           and
           fired
           .
           And
           then
           was
           all
           the
           lower
           City
           burnt
           into
           ashes
           .
           And
           lastly
           ,
           on
           the
           7th
           of
           September
           was
           also
           the
           higher
           Citie
           taken
           and
           burnt
           .
           
             Jos.
             of
             the
             war.
          
           B.
           6
           B.
           7.
           during
           this
           siedge
           were
           1100000.
           slain
           ,
           and
           in
           this
           War
           were
           taken
           97000
           captives
           ,
           besides
           many
           millions
           that
           perished
           in
           silence
           ,
           Thus
           ended
           this
           famous
           City
           in
           the
           38
           year
           after
           Christs
           death
           .
           And
           thus
           perished
           those
           cursed
           Jews
           as
           they
           had
           wished
           ,
           saying
           ,
           his
           
             his
             bloud
             be
             on
             us
             ,
             and
             on
             our
             children
             .
          
           Ten
           years
           after
           this
           some
           Forts
           still
           held
           out
           .
           But
           in
           the
           year
           72.
           and
           40.
           ended
           since
           Christs
           murder
           was
           Massada
           taken
           ,
           and
           all
           Judea
           left
           desolate
           .
           Yet
           after
           this
           ,
           beginning
           to
           people
           again
           ,
           they
           rebelled
           in
           the
           reign
           of
           Hadrian
           ,
           but
           were
           therefore
           utterly
           driven
           the
           Countery
           ,
           and
           Ierusalem
           was
           rebuilt
           upon
           Mount
           Ca●vary
           ;
           and
           called
           Aelia
           ,
           but
           no
           Iews
           might
           come
           there
           anymore
           .
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
           In
           the
           Table
           of
           Kings
           fol.
           76.
           the
           first
           Collum●e
           is
           false
           printed
           .
           And
           must
           thus
           be
           corrected
           Jehoram
           and
           Ahoziah
           should
           begin
           the
           Collumne
           Athalia
           and
           〈◊〉
           should
           follow
           Ahaziah
           .
           And
           〈◊〉
           should
           begin
           the
           third
           Columne
           .
        
         
      
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A58942-e14720
           
             Now
             it
             does
             appear
             that
             S.
             Paul
             wrote
             the
             2d
             Epist
             ▪
             to
             the
             〈◊〉
             in
             Anno
             55
             ,
             and
             this
             trance
             was
             14
             year●
             before
             :
             It
             was
             certainly
             therefore
             in
             Anno
             40.
             
             And
             so
             by
             consequence
             the
             martyrdom
             of
             this
             James
             was
             in
             the
             same
             year
             some
             time
             before
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A58942-e21980
           
             Some
             are
             of
             opinion
             this
             City
             was
             first
             called
             Salem
             or
             Solyma
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             had
             the
             name
             in
             the
             dayes
             of
             Abraham
             .
             But
             it
             seems
             a
             mistake
             in
             the
             Ancients
             .
             For
             ●●st
             it
             was
             called
             Jebus
             in
             the
             dayes
             of
             Oth●●l
             ,
             after
             Joshua
             was
             dead
             .
             Jud.
             19.
             10.
             and
             this
             was
             a
             long
             time
             after
             the
             dayes
             of
             Abraham
             .
             And
             therefore
             either
             it
             had
             been
             called
             Salem
             for
             some
             time
             only
             by
             way
             of
             interruption
             to
             the
             name
             of
             Jebus
             ,
             or
             else
             was
             never
             so
             called
             .
             For
             Jebus
             the
             father
             of
             the
             Jebusites
             was
             some
             hundreds
             of
             years
             elder
             than
             Abraham
             .
             But
             then
             how
             should
             this
             interruption
             come
             ?
             or
             indeed
             how
             could
             the
             Priest
             of
             the
             most
             high
             God
             by
             any
             reasonable
             possibility
             at
             any
             time
             so
             interrupt
             and
             thrust
             in
             as
             to
             found
             a
             City
             of
             his
             own
             amidst
             this
             prophane
             people
             ?
             For
             either
             he
             was
             descended
             of
             some
             of
             the
             Canaani●ish
             Tribes
             ,
             or
             from
             some
             other
             .
             If
             from
             the
             Canaanites
             ,
             How
             came
             he
             to
             be
             in
             such
             a
             Sacred
             place
             ,
             as
             Priest
             of
             the
             most
             high
             God
             ?
             Or
             was
             there
             possibly
             some
             sacred
             Person
             amidst
             that
             most
             cursed
             People
             ?
             Yet
             why
             so
             eminently
             was
             he
             called
             Priest
             of
             the
             most
             high
             ,
             as
             if
             none
             but
             He
             ,
             or
             at
             lest
             so
             as
             He
             ?
             And
             that
             too
             while
             Shem
             the
             son
             o●
             Noah
             was
             yet
             living
             ;
             of
             whom
             Noah
             said
             
               Blessed
               be
               the
               Lord
               God
               of
            
             Shem
             ,
             
               and
               let
               Canaan
               be
               his
               servant
               .
               And
               God
               perswade
            
             Japhet
             
               that
               he
               may
               dwell
               in
               the
               tents
               of
            
             Shem
             ?
             Was
             this
             Melchizedeck
             a
             greater
             man
             than
             
               Shem
               ,
               Gen
            
             9.
             26
             ,
             27
             ?
             Or
             was
             he
             Sh●m
             himself
             ?
             If
             so
             ,
             How
             came
             be
             to
             seat
             there
             amongst
             the
             Canaan●●●
             ?
             or
             at
             least
             ,
             How
             came
             to
             be
             a
             Priest
             there
             ,
             where
             he
             had
             no
             People
             ;
             o●
             but
             few
             to
             dwell
             within
             his
             Tents
             ?
             Or
             how
             came
             he
             to
             pitch
             his
             Tents
             there
             where
             those
             who
             would
             be
             perswaded
             to
             dwell
             in
             them
             could
             not
             aptly
             be
             admitted
             to
             come
             at
             him
             ?
             No
             ,
             therefore
             (
             though
             with
             submission
             to
             our
             Elders
             ,
             and
             under
             favour
             of
             their
             correction
             we
             speak
             it
             )
             this
             was
             not
             that
             Salem
             where
             Melchizedeck
             was
             Prince
             .
             There
             was
             another
             Salem
             in
             the
             land
             of
             Canaan
             .
             But
             rather
             this
             man
             was
             Melchisalem
             as
             he
             was
             Melchizedeck
             King
             of
             Peace
             ,
             〈◊〉
             he
             was
             King
             of
             righteousness
             ,
             or
             a
             Prince
             Peaceable
             ,
             rather
             than
             Prince
             of
             any
             City
             called
             Peace
             ;
             and
             seems
             indeed
             to
             have
             been
             that
             very
             Shem
             the
             son
             of
             Noah
             ,
             who
             at
             eldest
             of
             his
             own
             Tribe
             ,
             was
             the
             great
             Priest
             of
             Priests
             under
             God
             ,
             over
             all
             those
             who
             descended
             from
             his
             own
             Loin●
             as
             this
             Abraham
             did
             .